-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----
Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR
Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov
Originator-Key-Asymmetric:
 MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen
 TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB
MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA,
 KPe0dqlgPwY8kBaAHBJH2fwkcRnb5zEXApsP6yqEIifOf4YULoQAPVZAyEaSpM84
 SwRqkqr/8x9BEueojhIuwQ==

<SEC-DOCUMENT>0000002969-02-000029.txt : 20021213
<SEC-HEADER>0000002969-02-000029.hdr.sgml : 20021213
<ACCEPTANCE-DATETIME>20021213120656
ACCESSION NUMBER:		0000002969-02-000029
CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE:	10-K
PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT:		12
CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT:	20020930
FILED AS OF DATE:		20021213

FILER:

	COMPANY DATA:	
		COMPANY CONFORMED NAME:			AIR PRODUCTS & CHEMICALS INC /DE/
		CENTRAL INDEX KEY:			0000002969
		STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION:	INDUSTRIAL INORGANIC CHEMICALS [2810]
		IRS NUMBER:				231274455
		STATE OF INCORPORATION:			DE
		FISCAL YEAR END:			0930

	FILING VALUES:
		FORM TYPE:		10-K
		SEC ACT:		1934 Act
		SEC FILE NUMBER:	001-04534
		FILM NUMBER:		02856695

	BUSINESS ADDRESS:	
		STREET 1:		7201 HAMILTON BLVD
		CITY:			ALLENTOWN
		STATE:			PA
		ZIP:			18195-1501
		BUSINESS PHONE:		6104814911

	MAIL ADDRESS:	
		STREET 1:		7201 HAMILTON BLVD
		CITY:			ALLENTOWN
		STATE:			PA
		ZIP:			18195-1501
</SEC-HEADER>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>10-K
<SEQUENCE>1
<FILENAME>form10kdec1302.txt
<DESCRIPTION>FISCAL YEAR ENDED 30 SEPT 02
<TEXT>
===============================================================================

                                 UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                        -------------------------------

                                   FORM 10-K

(Mark One) |X|   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                 THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                 For the fiscal year ended 30 September 2002

                                       OR

           | |   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                 THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                 For the transition period from           to
                                                ---------    ---------
                          Commission file number 1-4534

                        AIR PRODUCTS AND CHEMICALS, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
                       Delaware                          23-1274455
           (State or other jurisdiction of    (IRS Employer Identification No.)
           incorporation or organization)

 7201 Hamilton Boulevard, Allentown, Pennsylvania                  18195-1501
      (Address of principal executive offices)                     (Zip Code)
        Registrant's telephone number, including area code (610) 481-4911

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                Name of each exchange on
           Title of each class                      which registered
           -------------------                      ----------------
   Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share        New York and Pacific
     Preferred Stock Purchase Rights              New York and Pacific
      8 3/4% Debentures Due 2021                        New York

                             -----------------------

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES[X] NO[ ]

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendments to
this Form 10-K. [X]

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as
defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). YES[X] NO[ ]

     The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of
the registrant on 30 November 2002 was $9.9 billion. The aggregate market value
of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on 31 March 2002
was $11.8 billion. For purposes of the foregoing calculations (i) all directors
and/or executive officers have been deemed to be affiliates, but the registrant
disclaims that any such director and/or executive officer is an affiliate and
(ii) registrants's grantor trust, described under Item 12 of this Report,
is deemed a non-affiliate.

     The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of 30 November 2002 was
227,219,388.
                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended 30 September 2002.
With the exception of those portions that are incorporated by reference into
Parts I, II, and IV of this Form 10-K, the Annual Report is not deemed to be
filed.

     Proxy Statement for Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held 23 January
2003 . . . Part III.
===============================================================================

<PAGE>

                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The forward-looking statements contained in this document are based on current
expectations at the time the document was originally prepared regarding
important risk factors, and management does not anticipate publicly updating any
of its expectations except as part of the quarterly earnings announcement
process. Actual results may differ materially from those forward-looking
statements expressed. In addition to important risk factors and uncertainties
referred to in the Management's Discussion and Analysis, which is included under
Item 7 herein, factors that might cause forward-looking statements to differ
materially from actual results include those specifically referenced as future
events or outcomes that management anticipates, as well as, among other things,
overall economic and business conditions and demand for Air Products' goods and
services during that time; competitive factors in the industries in which it
competes; interruption in ordinary sources of supply; the ability to recover
increased energy and raw material costs from customers; spikes in the pricing of
natural gas; changes in government regulations; consequences of acts of
terrorism impacting the United States and other markets; the success of
implementing cost reduction programs; the timing, impact, and other
uncertainties of future acquisitions or divestitures; significant fluctuations
in interest rates and foreign currencies; the impact of tax and other
legislation and regulations in jurisdictions in which Air Products and its
affiliates operate; and the timing and rate at which tax credits can be
utilized.


                                       ii
<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                                                             <C>

                                                                                                                Page

PART I.............................................................................................................1
    ITEM 1.   Business.............................................................................................1
               GASES...............................................................................................1
               CHEMICALS...........................................................................................2
                Performance Materials..............................................................................2
                Chemical Intermediates.............................................................................3
               EQUIPMENT...........................................................................................4
               GENERAL.............................................................................................4
                Foreign Operations.................................................................................4
                Technology Development.............................................................................5
                Raw Materials and Energy...........................................................................5
                Environmental Controls.............................................................................6
                Competition........................................................................................6
                Insurance..........................................................................................7
                Employees..........................................................................................7
                Available Information..............................................................................8
                Executive Officers of the Company..................................................................9
    ITEM 2.   Properties..........................................................................................10
                Gases.............................................................................................10
                Chemicals.........................................................................................10
                Equipment.........................................................................................11
    ITEM 3.   Legal Proceedings...................................................................................11
    ITEM 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.................................................11

PART II...........................................................................................................11
    ITEM 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters...............................11
    ITEM 6.   Selected Financial Data.............................................................................12
    ITEM 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation................12
    ITEM 7a.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk..........................................12
    ITEM 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.........................................................12
    ITEM 9.   Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure................12

PART III..........................................................................................................13
    ITEM 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant..................................................13
    ITEM 11.  Executive Compensation..............................................................................13
    ITEM 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters......13
    ITEM 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions......................................................13
    ITEM 14.  Controls and Procedures.............................................................................13

PART IV...........................................................................................................13
    ITEM 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K....................................13
               Signatures.........................................................................................18
               Certifications.....................................................................................20

</TABLE>



                                      iii
<PAGE>

                                     PART I

ITEM 1.   Business.

          Through internal development and by acquisitions, Air Products and
Chemicals, Inc. has established an internationally recognized industrial gas and
related industrial process equipment business and developed strong positions as
a producer of certain chemicals.

          The gases business segment recovers and distributes industrial gases
such as oxygen, nitrogen, argon, and hydrogen, and a variety of medical and
specialty gases. The chemicals business segment produces and markets performance
materials and chemical intermediates. The equipment business segment supplies
cryogenic and other process equipment and related engineering services.

          Financial information concerning the Company's business segments
appears in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item
8 herein, which information is incorporated herein by reference, as are all
other specific references herein to information appearing in such 2002 Financial
Review Section of the Annual Report.

          As used in this Report, the term "Air Products" or "Company" includes
subsidiaries and predecessors of the registrant or its subsidiaries, unless the
context indicates otherwise.

                                      GASES

          The principal industrial gases sold by the Company are oxygen,
nitrogen, argon (primarily recovered by the cryogenic distillation of air),
hydrogen, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide (purchased, purified, or recovered
through the processing of natural gas or the by-product streams from process
plants), synthesis gas (combined streams of hydrogen and carbon monoxide), and
helium (purchased or refined from crude helium). Medical and specialty gases are
manufactured or blended by the Company or purchased for resale. The gases
segment also includes the Company's global healthcare, power generation, and
flue gas treatment businesses.

          The Company's gas business involves three principal modes of supply:

          "On-site/pipeline" supply--For large volume or "tonnage" users of
industrial gases, a plant is built adjacent to, on, or near the customer's
facility--hence the term "on-site". Alternatively, the gases are delivered
through a pipeline from nearby locations. Supply is generally made under long-
term contracts. In numerous areas--the Houston (Texas) Ship Channel including
the Port Arthur, Texas, area; "Silicon Valley", California; Los Angeles,
California; Phoenix, Arizona; Decatur, Alabama; Central Louisiana; Rotterdam,
the Netherlands; Korea; Singapore; Taiwan; Malaysia; and Brazil--Air Products'
hydrogen, oxygen, carbon monoxide, or nitrogen gas pipelines serve multiple
customers from one or more centrally located plants. Industrial gas companies in
which the Company has less than controlling interests have pipelines in
Thailand, Singapore, and South Africa.

          Liquid bulk supply--Smaller volumes of industrial gas products are
delivered to thousands of customers in liquid or gaseous form by tanker trucks
or tube trailers. These liquid bulk customers use equipment designed and
installed by Air Products to store the product near the point of use, normally
in liquid state, and vaporize the product into gaseous state for their use as
needed. Some customers are also supplied by small on-site generators using
noncryogenic technology based on adsorption and membrane technology which, in
certain circumstances, the Company sells to its customers. Liquid bulk
customers' contract terms normally are from three to five years.

          Packaged gases supply--Industrial and various specialty and medical
gases are also delivered in cylinders, dewars, and lecture bottle sizes. During
fiscal year 2002, the Company divested its historic U.S. packaged gas business
except for electronics gases and helium used in magnetic resonance imaging. The
Company is pursuing a similar divestiture in Canada.

          Oxygen, nitrogen, argon, and hydrogen sold to liquid bulk customers
are usually recovered or generated at large "stand-alone" facilities located
near industrial areas or high-tech centers, or at small noncryogenic generators,
or are taken from on-site plants used primarily to supply tonnage users. On-site
plants are frequently designed to have more capacity than is required by their
principal customer to recover additional product that is liquefied for sale to a
liquid bulk market. Air Products also designs and builds

                                       1
<PAGE>
systems for recovering oxygen, hydrogen, nitrogen, carbon monoxide, and low dew
point gases using adsorption technology.

          Sales of atmospheric gases--oxygen, nitrogen, and argon--constituted
approximately 26% of Air Products' consolidated sales in fiscal year 2002, 24%
in fiscal year 2001, and 25% in fiscal year 2000. Sales of industrial
gases--principally oxygen, nitrogen, and hydrogen--to the chemical process
industry and the electronics industry, the largest consuming industries, were
approximately 20% and 14%, respectively, of Air Products' consolidated sales in
fiscal year 2002.

          Other important consumers of Air Products' industrial and specialty
gases are the basic steel industry, the oil industry (which uses inert nitrogen
for oil well stimulation and field pressurization and hydrogen and oxygen for
refining), and the food industry (which uses liquid nitrogen for food freezing).
Air Products believes that it is the largest liquefier of hydrogen, which it
supplies to many customers, including the National Aeronautics and Space
Administration for its space shuttle program.

         The global healthcare business of Air Products is directed at two main
markets: institutional and homecare. The institutional market uses medical gases
in hospitals, clinics, and nursing homes, as well as helium for use in magnetic
resonance imaging. The homecare business was principally in Europe before the
acquisition in October 2002 of American Homecare Supply, LLC, which serves the
Eastern United States. Homecare involves the delivery of respiratory therapy
services, infusion services, and home medical equipment to patients in their
homes.

         Specialty gases include fluorine products, rare gases such as xenon,
krypton, and neon, and more common gases of high purity or gases that are
precisely blended as mixtures. Specialty chemicals for use by the electronics
industry include silane, arsine, silicon tetrafluoride, nitrogen trifluoride,
carbon tetrafluoride, hexafluoromethane, and tungsten hexafluoride. These gases
and chemicals are used in numerous industries and in electronic and laboratory
applications. In certain circumstances the Company sells equipment related to
the use, handling, and storage of such specialty gases and specialty chemicals.

         Sales of industrial gases and sales of specialty products to the
electronics industry and others are made principally through regional offices in
the United States and other countries.

         Electricity and hydrocarbons, including natural gas as a feedstock for
producing certain gases, are important to Air Products' gas business. See "Raw
Materials and Energy". The Company's large truck fleet that delivers products to
liquid bulk customers requires a readily available supply of gasoline or diesel
fuel. Also, environmental and health laws and regulations will continue to
affect the Company's gas businesses. See "Environmental Controls".

         Air Products operates and has 50% interests in a 49-megawatt
fluidized-bed coal-fired power generation facility in Stockton, California and
in a 24-megawatt gas-fired combined cycle power generation facility near
Rotterdam, the Netherlands. A 112-megawatt gas-fueled power generation facility,
in which the Company has a 48.8% interest, operates in Thailand and supplies
electricity to a state-owned electricity generating authority and steam and
electricity to an Air Products industrial gases affiliate. Additional
information with respect to the Company's power generation and flue gas
treatment businesses is included in Notes 3, 8, and 18 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements included under Item 8 herein.

                                    CHEMICALS

         The Company's chemicals businesses consist of performance materials
and chemical intermediates, where the Company is able to differentiate itself by
the performance of its products in the customer's application, the technical
service that the Company provides, and the scale of production and the
production technology employed by the Company.

Performance Materials

         The principal businesses of performance materials are Performance
Polymers, Performance Solutions, and Performance Products. Total sales from the
performance materials business constituted approximately 17% of Air Products'
consolidated sales in fiscal year 2002, 15% in fiscal year 2001, and 17%
(excluding PVOH) in fiscal year 2000. Air Products' performance materials are
differentiated from the competition based on their functionality when used in
the customer's products and applications, and by the technical service the
Company provides.



                                       2
<PAGE>
         Performance Polymers--Air Products' polymers are water-based and
water-soluble emulsion products derived primarily from vinyl acetate monomer.
The Company's major emulsions products are vinyl acetate homopolymer emulsions
and AIRFLEX(R) vinyl acetate-ethylene copolymer emulsions. The Company also
produces emulsions that incorporate vinyl chloride and various acrylates in
the polymer. These products are used in adhesives, nonwoven fabric binders,
paper coatings, paints, inks, and carpet backing binder formulations.

         Air Products owns 65% of a worldwide joint venture with Wacker-Chemie
GmbH that produces polymer emulsions and pressure-sensitive adhesives. The
Company also owns 20% of a worldwide joint venture with Wacker-Chemie GmbH that
produces redispersible powders made from polymer emulsions.

         Performance Solutions--These products are primarily acetylenic alcohols
and amines that are used as performance additives in coatings, lubricants,
electro-deposition processes, agricultural formulations, and corrosion
inhibitors.

         Performance Products--These products include polyurethane catalysts and
surfactants that are used as performance control additives and processing aids
in the production of both flexible and rigid polyurethane foam around the world.
The principal end markets for polyurethane foams include furniture cushioning,
insulation, carpet underlay, bedding, and automobile seating.

         These products also include epoxy additives such as: polyamides,
aromatic amines, cycloaliphatic amines, reactive diluents, and specialty epoxy
resins that are used as performance additives in epoxy formulations by epoxy
manufacturers worldwide. The end markets for epoxies are coatings, flooring,
adhesives, reinforced composites, and electrical laminates.

Chemical Intermediates

         The chemical intermediates businesses use the Company's proprietary
technology and scale of production to differentiate themselves from the
competition. The principal intermediates sold by the Company include amines and
polyurethane intermediates. The Company also produces certain industrial
chemicals (ammonia, methanol, and nitric acid) as raw materials for its
differentiated products. Total third-party sales from the chemical intermediates
businesses constituted 10% of Air Products' consolidated sales in fiscal year
2002, 10% in fiscal year 2001, and 12% in fiscal year 2000.

         Amines--The Company produces a broad range of amines using ammonia and
methanol, both of which are manufactured by Air Products, and other alcohol
feedstocks purchased from various suppliers. Other, more specialized amines, are
produced by the hydrogenation of purchased intermediates. Substantial quantities
of these products are sold under long-term contracts to a small number of
customers. These products are used by the Company's customers as raw materials
in the manufacture of herbicides, pesticides, water treatment chemicals, animal
nutrients, polyurethane coatings, rubber chemicals, and pharmaceuticals. Ammonia
is produced as a feedstock for its alkylamines business, supplemented by
external purchases. Additional ammonia is purchased and converted to ammonium
nitrate prills and solutions that are primarily sold to customers as fertilizers
or for other chemical applications. Methanol is produced by Air Products as a
feedstock in methylamine production, and the excess over this requirement is
sold to a third party.

         Polyurethane Intermediates--The Company produces dinitrotoluene ("DNT")
and toluene diamine ("TDA") for use as intermediates by the Company's customers
in the manufacture of a major precursor of flexible polyurethane foam. The
principal end markets for flexible polyurethane foams include furniture
cushioning, carpet underlay, bedding, and seating in automobiles. Virtually all
of the Company's production of DNT and TDA is sold under long-term contracts to
a small number of customers.


                                      * * *


         Chemical sales are supported from various locations in the United
States, England, Germany, Brazil, Mexico, the Netherlands, Japan, China,
Singapore, and South Africa, and through sales representatives or distributors
in most industrialized countries. Dry products are delivered in railcars,
trucks, drums, bags, and cartons. Liquid products are delivered by barge, rail
tank cars, tank trailers, drums and pails, and, at one location, by pipeline.

         The chemicals business depends on adequate energy sources, including
natural gas as a feedstock for the production of certain products (see "Raw
Materials and Energy"), and will continue to be affected by various
environmental and health laws and regulations (see "Environmental Controls").

                                       3
<PAGE>
                                    EQUIPMENT

         The Company designs and manufactures equipment for cryogenic air
separation, gas processing, natural gas liquefaction, and hydrogen purification.
This segment also designs and builds cryogenic transportation containers for
liquid helium and hydrogen. Customers include companies involved in chemical and
petrochemical manufacturing, oil and gas recovery and processing, power
generation, and steel and primary metal productions. Air Products also designs
and builds systems for recovering hydrogen, nitrogen, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, and low dew point gases using membrane technology. Additionally, a
broad range of plant design, engineering, procurement, and construction
management services is provided for the above areas. Equipment is manufactured
for use by the gases segment and for sale in industrial markets that include the
Company's international industrial gas joint ventures.

         The backlog of orders (including letters of intent) believed to be firm
from other companies and equity affiliates for equipment was approximately $114
million on 30 September 2002, approximately 13% of which relates to cryogenic
air separation, as compared with a total backlog of approximately $227 million
on 30 September 2001. It is expected that approximately $106 million of the
backlog on 30 September 2002, will be completed during fiscal year 2003.

                                     GENERAL


Foreign Operations

         Air Products, through subsidiaries and affiliates, conducts business in
numerous countries outside the United States. The structure of the Air Products
gas business in Europe is comparable to the Company's United States operation,
except in Europe, where the Company is still engaged in the packaged gas
business. Air Products' international business is subject to risks customarily
encountered in foreign operations, including fluctuations in foreign currency
exchange rates and controls, import and export controls, and other economic,
political, and regulatory policies of local governments.

         The Company's industrial gas segment, through investments ranging from
wholly owned subsidiaries to minority ownership interests, does business in
approximately 35 countries outside the United States. Majority and wholly owned
industrial gas subsidiaries operate in Argentina, Brazil, Canada, and Mexico,
and throughout Europe and Asia in 15 and ten countries, respectively. There are
50% industrial gas joint ventures in Canada and Trinidad and Tobago, seven
countries in Europe, five in Asia, and two in Africa, and less than controlling
interests in Africa, Canada, and Mexico, four countries in Europe, and three in
Asia. During the year, the Company acquired a controlling interest in the Taiwan
company, San Fu Gas Co. Ltd., bringing its interest to 70%. The Company also has
a 50% interest in a power generation facility in the Netherlands and a 48.8%
interest in one in Thailand.

         The principal geographic markets for the Company's chemical products
are North America, Europe, Asia, Brazil, and Mexico. Majority and wholly owned
subsidiaries operate in Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom,
Australia, Singapore, Japan, Korea, China, and Mexico. The Company also has a
50% joint venture in the U.K that is developing products relating to silicon
wafer polishing, chemical mechanical planarization processes, and hard disk
polishing. The polymer emulsions and pressure-sensitive adhesives joint venture
with Wacker-Chemie GmbH has headquarters in the United States and production
facilities in the United States, Germany, Mexico, and Korea, along with a
technical service center in Shanghai, China. Headquarters for the 20% investment
in the redispersible powder venture with Wacker-Chemie GmbH are in Germany with
manufacturing facilities in Germany and the United States. The Company also has
less than controlling interests in Japan and Ireland that sell chemicals to the
electronics industry.

         Financial information about Air Products' foreign operations and
investments is included in Notes 8, 16, and 20 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements included under Item 8 herein. Information about foreign currency
translation is included in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements
included under Item 8 herein, under "Foreign Currency", and information on
Company exposure to currency fluctuations is included in Note 6 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 8 herein. Export sales
from operations in the United States to unconsolidated customers amounted to
$533 million, $602 million, and $558 million in fiscal years 2002, 2001, and
2000, respectively. Total export sales in fiscal year 2002 included $95 million
in export sales to affiliated customers. The sales to affiliated customers were
primarily equipment sales.



                                       4
<PAGE>
Technology Development

         Air Products conducts research and development principally in its
laboratories located in Trexlertown, Pennsylvania, as well as in Basingstoke,
London, and Crewe in the U.K.; Burghausen, Germany; Utrecht, the Netherlands;
San Juan del Rio, Mexico; and Barcelona, Spain. The Company also funds and works
closely on research and development programs with a number of major universities
and conducts a sizable amount of research work funded by others, principally the
United States Government.

         The Company's market-oriented approach to technology development
encompasses research and development and engineering, as well as commercial
development.

         The amount expended by the Company on research and development during
fiscal year 2002 was $121 million, $123 million in fiscal year 2001, and $124
million in fiscal year 2000. The amount expended by the Company on
customer-sponsored research activities during fiscal year 2002 was $18 million,
$19 million in fiscal year 2001, and $14 million in fiscal year 2000.

         In the gases and equipment segments, technology development is directed
primarily to developing new and improved processes and equipment for the
production and delivery of industrial gases and cryogenic fluids, developing new
products, and developing new and improved applications for industrial gases. It
is through such applications and improvements that the Company has become a
major supplier to the electronics and chemical process industries including
gases from air separation, specialty gases, and hydrogen. Additionally,
technology development for the equipment business is directed primarily to
reducing the capital and operating costs of its facilities and to
commercializing new technologies in gas production and separation.

         In the chemicals segment, technology development is primarily concerned
with new products and applications to strengthen and extend our present
positions in polymer and performance materials. In addition, a major continuing
effort supports the development of new and improved process and manufacturing
technology for chemical intermediates and polymers.

         A corporate research group supports the research efforts of the
Company's various businesses. This group includes the Company's Corporate
Science and Technology Center, which conducts research in areas important to the
long-term growth of the Company with focus on performance materials.

         As of 1 November 2002, Air Products owned 952 United States patents and
1,695 foreign patents. The Company is also licensed under certain patents owned
by others. While the patents and licenses are considered important, Air Products
does not consider its business as a whole to be materially dependent upon any
particular patent or patent license, or group of patents or licenses.

Raw Materials and Energy

         The Company manufactures hydrogen, carbon monoxide, synthesis gas,
carbon dioxide, and methanol principally from natural gas. Such products
accounted for approximately 12% of the Company's consolidated sales in fiscal
year 2002. The Company's principal raw material purchases are chemical
intermediates produced by others from basic petrochemical feedstocks such as
olefins and aromatic hydrocarbons. These feedstocks are generally derived from
various crude oil fractions or from liquids extracted from natural gas. The
Company purchases its chemical intermediates from many sources and generally is
not dependent on one supplier. However, with respect to vinyl acetate monomer
that supports the polymer business, the Company is heavily dependent on a single
supplier under a long-term contract that produces vinyl acetate monomer from
several facilities. The Company characterizes the availability of these chemical
intermediates as generally being readily available. The Company uses such raw
materials in the production of emulsions, amines, polyurethane intermediates,
specialty additives, polyurethane additives, and epoxy additives. Such products
accounted for approximately 28% of the Company's consolidated sales in fiscal
year 2002. Natural gas is an energy source at a number of the Company's
facilities. The Company also purchases ammonia under long-term contracts as a
feedstock for several of its chemicals facilities.

         A long-term supplier of sulfuric acid, used in the production of
dinitrotoluene (DNT), has been operating under Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection
since 8 May 2001. The Company's DNT operation in its polyurethane intermediates
business and supply to its customers have not been materially impacted. The
Company expects this supplier to be successful in its reorganization. If
reorganization is not successful, the sales and profitability of the chemicals
segment could be materially impacted on an annual basis due to the

                                       5
<PAGE>
supplier's shutdown and the Company's inability to supply all of its customers'
base requirements. The Company extended an $8.0 million line of credit to this
supplier, of which $7.5 million was drawn at 30 September 2002. The Company also
entered into a product prepayment agreement with this supplier. At 30 September
2002, the unamortized balance was $5.0 million. The Company expects to fully
recover these advances.

         The Company's industrial gas facilities use substantial amounts of
electrical power. Electricity is the largest cost input for the production of
atmospheric gases. Any shortage of electrical power or interruption of its
supply or increase in its price that cannot be passed through to customers for
competitive reasons will adversely affect the liquid bulk gas business of the
Company.

         In addition, the Company purchases finished and semi-finished materials
and chemical intermediates from many suppliers. During fiscal year 2002, no
significant difficulties were encountered in obtaining adequate supplies of
energy or raw materials.

Environmental Controls

         The Company is subject to various environmental laws and regulations in
the United States and foreign countries where it has operations. Compliance with
these laws and regulations results in higher capital expenditures and costs.
Additionally, from time to time, the Company is involved in proceedings under
the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (the
federal Superfund law), similar state laws, and the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act (RCRA) relating to the designation of certain sites for
investigation and possible cleanup. Additional information with respect to these
proceedings is included under Item 3, Legal Proceedings, below. The Company's
accounting policies on environmental expenditures are discussed in Note 1 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 8 herein.

         The amounts charged to earnings on an after-tax basis related to
environmental matters totaled $24 million in 2002, $22 million in 2001, and $31
million in 2000. These amounts represent an estimate of expenses for compliance
with environmental laws, as well as remedial activities, and costs incurred to
meet internal Company standards. Such costs are estimated to be $25 million in
2003 and 2004.

         Although precise amounts are difficult to define, the Company estimates
that in fiscal year 2002 it spent approximately $14 million on capital projects
to control pollution versus $13 million in 2001. Capital expenditures to control
pollution in future years are estimated at approximately $19 million in 2003 and
$16 million in 2004.

         To the extent long-term contracts have been entered into for supply of
product, such as for the industrial gas on-site business and for certain
chemical products, the cost of any environmental compliance generally is
contractually passed through to the customer.

         It is the Company's policy to accrue environmental investigatory and
noncapital remediation costs for identified sites when it is probable that a
liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.
The potential exposure for such costs is estimated to range from $9 million to a
reasonably possible upper exposure of $20 million. The balance sheet at 30
September 2002 includes an accrual of $15 million. At 30 September 2001, the
balance sheet accrual was $14 million.

         Actual costs to be incurred in future periods may vary from the
estimates, given inherent uncertainties in evaluating environmental exposures.
Subject to the imprecision in estimating future environmental costs, the Company
does not expect that any sum it may have to pay in connection with environmental
matters in excess of the amounts recorded or disclosed above would have a
materially adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations in
any one year.

Competition

         The Company's businesses face strong competition from others, some of
which are larger and have greater resources than Air Products.

         Air Products' industrial gas business competes in the United States
with three major sellers and with several regional sellers. Competition in
industrial gas markets is based primarily on price, reliability of supply, and
furnishing or developing applications for use of such gases by customers, and in
some cases the provisions of other services or products such as power and steam
generation. Similar competitive situations exist in



                                       6
<PAGE>
European and Asian industrial gas markets in which the Company competes against
one or more larger entrenched competitors in most countries.

         Competition in the institutional market of the global healthcare
business is principally from other large, established industrial gas companies
using business models (long-term product supply agreements) that are similar to
those the companies utilize for other industrial gas supply relationships.
Competition in this market is principally based on price, quality, service, and
reliability of supply. Homecare is served by national and local providers, and
in the U.S. there are over 2,000 regional and local providers. It is highly
competitive. In the United States reimbursement levels are established by fee
schedules regulated by Medicare and Medicaid, or by the levels determined by
insurance companies. Accordingly, in the United States, homecare companies
compete primarily on the basis of service. Homecare companies generally direct
their marketing efforts towards referral sources that usually have no financial
responsibility for the payment of client services. Maintaining competitiveness
requires efficient logistics, reimbursement, and accounts receivable systems.
Although the Company intends to acquire additional homecare companies, there is
no guarantee that suitable candidates can be acquired or that the necessary
managed care contracts will be on favorable terms.

         The number of the Company's principal competitors in the chemicals
business varies from product to product, and it is not practical to identify
such competitors because of the broad range of the Company's chemical products
and the markets served, although the Company believes it has a leading or strong
market position in most of its chemical products. For amines the competition is
principally from other large chemical companies that also have the ability to
provide competitive pricing, reliability of supply, technical service
assistance, and quality products and services. The possibility of back
integration by large customers is the major competitive factor for the sale of
polyurethane additives. In its other chemical products, the Company competes
with a large number of chemical companies, some of which are larger, possess
greater financial resources, and are more vertically integrated than the
Company. Competition in these products is principally on the basis of price,
quality, product performance, reliability of product supply, and technical
service assistance.

         The Company's equipment business competes in all aspects with a great
number of firms, some of which have greater financial resources than Air
Products. Another important factor in certain export sales is financing provided
by governmental entities in the United States and the United Kingdom as compared
with financing offered by their counterparts in other countries. Competition is
based primarily on technological performance, service, technical know-how,
price, and performance guarantees. Air Products believes that its comprehensive
project development capability, operating experience, engineering and financing
capabilities, and construction management experience will enable it to compete
effectively.

Insurance

         The Company's policy is to obtain public liability and property
insurance coverage that is currently available at what management determines to
be a fair and reasonable price. The Company, for itself and its power generation
and flue gas treatment joint venture affiliates for which it assumes operating
responsibility, maintains public liability and property insurance coverage at
amounts that management believes are sufficient, after retention, to meet the
Company's anticipated needs in light of historical experience to cover future
litigation and claims. There is no assurance, however, that the Company will not
incur losses beyond the limits of, or outside the coverage of, its insurance.

Employees

         On 30 September 2002, the Company (including majority-owned
subsidiaries) had approximately 17,200 full-time employees, of whom
approximately 8,700 were located outside the United States. The Company has
collective bargaining agreements with unions at numerous locations that expire
on various dates over the next three to four years.  On 22 November 2002,
the agreement with the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace
Workers (I.A.M.A.W.) expired without ratification of a new agreement, although
employees continue to work. This collective bargaining arrangement covers
employees at the Company's Hometown, Pennsylvania facility, which produces
specialty gases and chemicals, and employees at two small equipment
manufacturing facilities. The Company considers relations with its employees to
be satisfactory. The Company does not believe that the impact of any expiring
or expired collective bargaining agreements will result in a material adverse
impact on the Company.

                                       7
<PAGE>

Available Information

         All periodic and current reports, registration statements, and other
filings that the Company is required to file with the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC"), including the Company's annual report on Form 10-K,
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to
those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act,
are available free of charge through the Company's Internet website at
www.airproducts.com. Such documents are available as soon as reasonably
practicable after electronic filing of the material with the SEC.

         The public may also read and copy any materials filed by the Company
with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, NW,
Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the
Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an
Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other
information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC; the address
of that site is www.sec.gov.



                                       8

<PAGE>

Executive Officers of the Company

         The Company's executive officers and their respective positions and
ages on 15 December 2002 follow. Except where indicated, each of the executive
officers listed below has been employed by the Company in the position indicated
during the past five fiscal years. Information with respect to offices held is
stated in fiscal years.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                    <C>         <C>
               Name                     Age                                Office
               ----                     ---                                ------

Leonard V. Broese van Groenou           55         Vice President-Human Resources
         (D)                                       (became Vice President-Human Resources in 2001;
                                                   Vice President-Human Resources and Procurement
                                                   of Air Products Europe prior thereto)

W. Douglas Brown                        56         Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary
         (D)                                       (became Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary
                                                   in 1999; Vice President-Administration, Gases and
                                                   Equipment prior thereto)

Andrew E. Cummins                       58         Group Vice President-Chemicals
         (D)                                       (became Group Vice President-Chemicals in 1999;
                                                   Vice President-North America Gases in 1999;
                                                   Vice President-General Industries
                                                   Group prior thereto)

Robert E. Gadomski                      55         Executive Vice President-Gases and Equipment
         (D)                                       (became Executive Vice President-Gases and Equipment
                                                   in 1999; Executive Vice President-Chemicals, Asia, and
                                                   Latin America in 1998)

Paul E. Huck                            52         Vice President and Corporate Controller
                                                   (became Vice President and Corporate Controller in 2002;
                                                   Vice President-Project Management Office in 2000;
                                                   Vice President and Corporate Controller prior thereto)

John P. Jones III                       52         Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer
         (A)(B)(C)(D)                              (became Chairman and Chief Executive Officer in 2000;
                                                   President and Chief Operating Officer in 1998)

Arthur T. Katsaros                      55         Group Vice President-Engineered Systems and Development
         (D)                                       (became Group Vice President-Engineered Systems and
                                                   Development in 2001; Group Vice President, Engineered
                                                   Systems and Operations Group prior thereto)

John R. Owings                          53         Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
         (D)                                       (became Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in 2002;
                                                   Senior Vice President of Finance, Personal Communications
                                                   Segment ($10.5 billion in net sales), in 2000 for
                                                   Motorola, Inc., a global leader in providing integrated
                                                   communications solutions and embedded electronic solutions;
                                                   Senior Vice President, Director of Finance, Global Telecom
                                                   Solutions Segment ($6.5 billion in net sales), in 1998 for
                                                   Motorola, Inc.)

</TABLE>

- ---------------

(A)  Member, Board of Directors
(B)  Member, Executive Committee of the Board of Directors
(C)  Member, Finance Committee of the Board of Directors
(D)  Member, Corporate Executive Committee


                                       9
<PAGE>

ITEM 2.    Properties.

         The principal executive offices of Air Products are located at its
headquarters in Trexlertown, near Allentown, Pennsylvania. Additional
administrative offices are located in owned facilities in Hersham, near London,
England; Brampton, near Toronto, Canada; and Hattingen, Germany. Administrative
offices are also located in leased facilities in the Allentown area,
Pennsylvania; Tokyo, Japan; Hong Kong, the People's Republic of China;
Singapore; Brussels, Belgium; Paris, France; Barcelona, Spain; and Sao Paulo,
Brazil. The management considers the Company's manufacturing facilities,
described in more detail below, to be adequate to support the business
efficiently. The following information with respect to properties is as of 30
September 2002.

Gases

         The gases segment has approximately 180 plant facilities in 39 states,
the majority of which recover nitrogen, oxygen, and argon. The Company has three
facilities that produce specialty gases and 30 facilities that produce and/or
recover hydrogen throughout the United States. Helium is recovered at two plants
in Kansas and Texas. There are 33 sales offices and/or cylinder distribution
centers located in 21 states. Global healthcare has approximately 200 facilities
in the United States, Argentina, Brazil, Mexico, South Africa, and nine
countries in Europe.

         The property on which the above plants are located is owned by Air
Products at approximately one-fourth of the locations, and leased by Air
Products at the remaining locations. However, in virtually all cases, the plant
itself is owned and operated by Air Products. Air Products owns approximately
half of its industrial gas sales offices and cylinder distribution centers,
including related real estate, and leases the other half. The majority of the
facilities for global healthcare are leased.

         Air Products' European plant facilities total 61 and include three
plants that recover hydrogen, three plants that manufacture dissolved acetylene,
and three that recover carbon monoxide. The majority of European plants recover
nitrogen, oxygen, and argon. In addition, there are five specialty gas centers.
There are 119 sales offices and/or cylinder distribution centers in Europe, and
several additional facilities located in Brazil, Canada, Japan, the People's
Republic of China, Puerto Rico, Singapore, Indonesia, Taiwan, Korea, Malaysia,
and the Middle East. Representative offices are located in Taiwan and in Hong
Kong, Beijing, and Shanghai in the People's Republic of China.

Chemicals

         The chemicals segment manufactures amines, nitric acid, methanol,
anhydrous ammonia, and ammonia products at its Pace, Florida facility;
alkylamines at its St. Gabriel, Louisiana facility and its Camacari, Bahia,
Brazil facility; polyvinyl acetate emulsions at its South Brunswick, New Jersey
facility; styrene emulsions, styrene acrylics, polyvinyl acetate acrylics, and
polyvinyl acetate emulsions at its San Juan del Rio facility in Mexico;
polyvinyl acetate emulsions at its Cologne, Germany facility; nitric acid,
dinitrotoluene, and toluene diamine at its Pasadena, Texas facility; polyvinyl
acetate emulsions and acetylenic chemicals at its Calvert City, Kentucky
facility; specialty amines at its Wichita, Kansas facility; methylamines,
dimethyl formamide, choline chloride, and dimethyl amino ethanol at its
Teesside, England facility; and epoxy additives at its facilities in Manchester,
England, and Los Angeles, California. The chemicals segment manufactures
polyurethane additives and polyurethane specialty products
(AIRTHANE(R)/VERSATHANE(R)) at its Paulsboro, New Jersey facility that is leased
in part and owned in part. The chemicals segment also manufactures polyvinyl
acetate emulsions at four smaller locations.

         The chemicals segment has 13 plant facilities, one sales office, and
one laboratory in the United States, and operates three plants, four
sales/representative offices, and two laboratories in Europe, two laboratories
in Brazil and Japan, one laboratory in Korea and China, one plant in each of
Mexico, Korea, and Brazil, and sales offices in Australia, Brazil, Mexico,
Japan, Korea, and Singapore, and representative offices in Beijing, Shanghai,
and Hong Kong in the People's Republic of China. Substantially all of the
chemicals segment's plants and real estate are owned. The Company leases
approximately 75% of the offices and 25% are owned.




                                       10
<PAGE>
Equipment

         The principal facilities utilized by the equipment segment include six
plants and two sales offices in the United States, two plants and one office in
Europe, one office in Japan, and one sales office in the People's Republic of
China. Air Products owns approximately 50% of the facilities and real estate in
this segment and leases the remaining 50%.

ITEM 3.  Legal Proceedings.

         In the normal course of business Air Products and its subsidiaries are
involved in legal proceedings including proceedings involving governmental
authorities under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act (the federal Superfund law); the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act (RCRA); and similar state environmental laws relating to the
designation of certain sites for investigation or remediation. Presently there
are approximately 45 sites on which a final settlement has not been reached
where the Company, along with others, has been designated a Potentially
Responsible Party by the Environmental Protection Agency or is otherwise engaged
in investigation or remediation. Additionally, the Company has received several
notices between June 2001 and September 2002 of civil administrative penalties
from the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection alleging various
exceedances and discrepancies relating to the air emissions from the thermal
oxidizer at the Company's Paulsboro, New Jersey chemical production facility.
While the aggregated, outstanding proposed penalties are $204,400, the Company
expects that the ultimate penalty amount to be incurred by it will be reduced.

         The Company does not expect that any sums it may have to pay in
connection with these matters would have a materially adverse effect on its
consolidated financial position, nor is there any material additional exposure
expected in any one year in excess of the amounts the Company currently has
accrued. Additional information on the Company's environmental exposure is
included under "Environmental Controls".

ITEM 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

         Not applicable.


                                    PART II

ITEM 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.

         The Company's Common Stock, ticker symbol "APD", is listed on the New
York and Pacific Stock Exchanges. Quarterly stock prices, as reported on the New
York Stock Exchange composite tape of transactions, and dividend information for
the last two fiscal years appear below. Cash dividends on Air Products' common
stock are paid quarterly. The Company's objective is to pay dividends consistent
with the reinvestment of earnings necessary for long-term growth. It is the
Company's expectation that comparable cash dividends will continue to be paid in
the future.

       Quarterly Stock Information
       ---------------------------------------------------------------
       2002            High          Low      Close          Dividend
       ---------------------------------------------------------------
       First         $48.09       $36.15     $46.91          $.20
       ---------------------------------------------------------------
       Second         53.52        43.30      51.65           .20
       ---------------------------------------------------------------
       Third          52.58        45.59      50.47           .21
       ---------------------------------------------------------------
       Fourth         51.66        40.00      42.01           .21
       ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             $.82


       2001            High          Low      Close          Dividend
       ---------------------------------------------------------------
       First         $42.25       $30.50     $41.00          $.19
       ---------------------------------------------------------------
       Second         43.45        35.00      38.40           .19
       ---------------------------------------------------------------
       Third          48.70        37.98      45.75           .20
       ---------------------------------------------------------------
       Fourth         49.00        32.25      38.58           .20
       ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             $.78

                                       11
<PAGE>

         The Company has authority to issue 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock
in series. The Board of Directors is authorized to designate the series and to
fix the relative voting, dividend, conversion, liquidation, redemption and other
rights, preferences, and limitations as between series. When preferred stock is
issued, holders of Common Stock are subject to the dividend and liquidation
preferences and other prior rights of the preferred stock. There currently is no
preferred stock outstanding. The Company's Transfer Agent and Registrar is
American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, 59 Maiden Lane, New York, New York,
10038, telephone (800) 937-5449, Internet website www.amstock.com, and e-mail
address info@amstock.com.

         As of 30 November 2002, there were 11,433 record holders of the
Company's Common Stock.

ITEM 6.  Selected Financial Data.

         The tabular information appearing under "Five-Year Summary of Selected
Financial Data" on page 46 of the 2002 Financial Review Section of the Annual
Report to Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.
`
ITEM 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
         Results of Operation.

         The textual information appearing under "Management's Discussion and
Analysis" on pages 2 through 16 of the 2002 Financial Review Section of the
Annual Report to Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 7a. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

         The textual information appearing under "Market Risks and Sensitivity
Analysis" on pages 11 and 12 of the 2002 Financial Review Section of the Annual
Report to Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

         The consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto,
together with the report thereon of KPMG LLP dated 28 October 2002, and the
previously issued Arthur Andersen LLP report dated 26 October 2001, appearing on
pages 18 through 46 of the 2002 Financial Review Section of the Annual Report to
Shareholders, are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and
         Financial Disclosure.

         On 10 May 2002, the Company terminated its engagement of Arthur
Andersen LLP of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania ("Andersen") as independent auditors
and determined to appoint KPMG LLP as its new independent auditors for the
fiscal year ending 30 September 2002. This determination followed the Company's
decision to seek proposals from independent public accounting firms to audit the
Company's financial statements and was approved by the Board of Directors upon
the recommendation of the Audit Committee.

         Andersen's report on the Company's audited financial statements for
each of the years ended 30 September 2000 and 30 September 2001 did not contain
an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion and was not qualified or modified
as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles.

         During the years ended 30 September 2000 and 30 September 2001, and the
interim period between 30 September 2001 and 10 May 2002, there were no
disagreements between the Company and Andersen on any matter of accounting
principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or
procedure which, if not resolved to Andersen's satisfaction, would have caused
it to make reference to the subject matter in connection with its report on the
Company's financial statements for those years. Also, during those two years and
interim period, there were no reportable events as listed in Item 304(a)(1)(v)
of Regulation S-K.

         Air Products provided Andersen with a copy of the foregoing disclosure.
Andersen's letter dated 10 May 2002, stating its agreement with such statements,
was filed as Exhibit 16 to the Company's Form 8-K filed 10 May 2002, which is
incorporated herein by reference.



                                       12
<PAGE>
         During the years ended 30 September 2000 and 30 September 2001, and the
interim period between 30 September 2001 and 10 May 2002, the Company did not
consult with KPMG regarding application of accounting principles to a specified
transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that
might be rendered on the Company's consolidated financial statements, or any
other matter or reportable event listed in Items 304(a)(2)(i) and (ii) of
Regulation S-K.

                                    PART III

ITEM 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

         The biographical information relating to the Company's directors
appearing on pages 14 through 16 of the Proxy Statement relating to the
Company's 2003 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is incorporated herein by
reference. Biographical information relating to the Company's executive officers
is set forth in Item 1 of Part I of this Report.

ITEM 11. Executive Compensation.

         The information under "Director Compensation", "Report of the
Management Development and Compensation Committee", "Executive Compensation
Tables", "Severance and Other Change In Control Arrangements", and "Stock
Performance Graph", appearing on pages 20 through 27 of the Proxy Statement
relating to the Company's 2003 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is incorporated
herein by reference.

ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and
         Related Stockholder Matters.

         The information set forth in the sections headed "Persons Owning More
than 5% of Air Products Stock as of September 30, 2002", "Air Products Stock
Beneficially Owned by Officers and Directors as of November 1, 2002", "Equity
Compensation Plan Information", and "Information About Stock Performance and
Ownership" appearing on pages 28 through 31 of the Proxy Statement relating to
the Company's 2003 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is incorporated herein by
reference.

ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

         Not applicable.

ITEM 14. Controls and Procedures.

         Under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, the Company's management conducted an evaluation of the
effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company's disclosure controls
and procedures within 90 days of the filing date of this annual report. Based on
that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
concluded that the design and operation of its disclosure controls and
procedures have been effective. There have been no significant changes in
internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal
controls subsequent to the date of such evaluation.

                                    PART IV

ITEM 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K.

         (a)   The following documents are filed as a part of this Report:


    1. The 2002 Financial Review Section of the Company's 2002 Annual
Report to Shareholders. Information contained therein is not deemed filed except
as it is incorporated by reference into this Report. The following financial
information is incorporated herein by reference:
     (Page references to 2002 Financial Review Section of the Annual Report)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                                             <C>
    Management's Discussion and Analysis........................................................ 2
    Reports of Independent Auditors............................................................ 18
    Consolidated Income for the three years ended 30 September 2002............................ 20
</TABLE>

                                       13
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                                            <C>
    Consolidated Balance Sheets at 30 September 2002 and 2001.................................. 21
    Consolidated Cash Flows for the three years ended 30 September 2002........................ 22
    Consolidated Shareholders' Equity for the three years ended 30 September 2002.............. 23
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................................................. 24
    Business Segment and Geographic Information................................................ 43
       Five-Year Summary of Selected Financial Data............................................ 46

     2. The following additional information should be read in conjunction with
the financial statements in the Company's 2002 Financial Review Section of the
Annual Report to Shareholders:
                        (Page references to this report)

     Report of Independent Auditors on Schedule (KPMG LLP)..................................... 22
     Consent of Independent Auditors........................................................... 22
     Report of Independent Public Accountants on Schedule (Arthur Andersen LLP)................ 23

       Consolidated Schedule for the years ended 30 September 2002, 2001, and
2000 as follows:

     Schedule
     Number
     ------
     VIII  Valuation and Qualifying Accounts................................................... 24
</TABLE>

     All other schedules are omitted because the required matter or conditions
are not present or because the information required by the Schedules is
submitted as part of the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.


     3. Exhibits.

        Exhibit No.     Description

         (3)            Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws.

         3.1            By-Laws of the Company.  (Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the
                        Company's  Form 8-K Report  dated  18 September 1997.)*

         3.2            Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation of the Company.
                        (Filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Form 10-K Report
                        for the fiscal year ended 30 September 1987.)*

         3.3            Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation
                        of the Company dated 25 January 1996.  (Filed as
                        Exhibit 3.3 to the Company's Form 10-K Report for the
                        fiscal year ended 30 September 1996.)*

         (4)            Instruments defining the rights of security holders,
                        including  indentures.  Upon request of the
                        Securities and Exchange Commission, the Company hereby
                        undertakes to furnish copies of the instruments with
                        respect to its long-term debt.

         4.1            Rights Agreement, dated as of 19 March 1998, between
                        the Company and First Chicago Trust Company of New York.
                        (Filed as Exhibit 1 to the Company's Form 8-A
                        Registration  Statement dated 19 March 1998, as amended
                        by Form 8-A/A dated 16 July 1998.)*

         4.2            Amended and Restated Credit Agreementdated as of
                        16 September 1999 among the Company, Additional
                        Borrowers parties thereto, Lenders parties thereto,
                        and The Chase Manhattan Bank as amended). (Filed as
                        Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Form 10-K Report or the
                        fiscal  year ended  30 September 1999.)*

         (10)           Material Contracts.

         10.1           1990 Deferred Stock Plan of the Company, as amended
                        and restated effective 1 October 1989. (Filed as
                        Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 10-K Report for
                        the fiscal year ended 30 September 1989.)*

         10.2           The Rules of the United Kingdom Savings-Related Share
                        Option Scheme of the Company as adopted on
                        24 October 1997, as amended on 1 October 1999 and
                        5 November 1999.




                                       14
<PAGE>
         10.3           Amended and Restated Supplementary Savings Plan of the
                        Company effective 1 April 1998.

         10.3(a)        Resolutions  authorizing  modifications to the
                        Supplementary Pension Plan and Supplementary Savings
                        Plan of the Company, effective 15 September 1999.
                        (Filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Company's Form 10-K
                        Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 2000.)*

         10.4           Supplementary Pension Plan of the Company, as amended
                        effective 1 October 1988. (Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to
                        the Company's Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year
                        ended 30 September 1989.)*

         10.4(a)        Amendment to the Pension Plan for Salaried Employees
                        and the Pension Plan for Hourly Rated  Employees
                        of the Company, adopted 20 September 1995. (Filed as
                        Exhibit 10.4(d) to the  Company's Form 10-K Report for
                        the fiscal year ended 30 September 1995.)*

         10.4(b)        Amendment to Supplementary Pension Plan of the
                        Company, adopted 20 September 1995. (Filed as Exhibit
                        10.4(e) to the Company's Form 10-K Report for the
                        fiscal year ended 30 September 1995.)*

         10.4(c)        Amendment to Supplementary Pension Plan of the
                        Company, adopted 2 November 1995. (Filed as Exhibit
                        10.4(c) to the Company's Form 10-K Report for the
                        fiscal year ended 30 September 1996.)*

         10.4(d)        Resolutions  delegating certain authority to amend the
                        Supplementary Pension Plan of the Company,
                        effective 26 January 2000. (Filed as Exhibit 10.4(d) to
                        the  Company's  Form 10-K  Report for the fiscal year
                        ended 30 September 2000.)*

         10.4(e)        Resolutions approving amendments to the Supplementary
                        Pension Plan of the Company, effective 20 September
                        2000. (Filed as Exhibit 10.4(e) to the Company's
                        Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September
                        2000.)*

         10.5           Stock Option Plan for Directors of the Company,
                        effective 27 January 1994, as amended 21 October
                        1999. (Filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Form 10-K
                        Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 1999.)*

         10.6           Letter dated 7 July 1997 concerning pension for an
                        executive officer. (Filed as Exhibit 10.7(c) to the
                        Company's Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended
                        30 September 1998.)*

         10.7           Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. Severance Plan
                        effective 15 March 1990. (Filed as Exhibit 10.8(a)
                        to the Company's Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year
                        ended 30 September 1992.)*

         10.8           Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. Change of Control
                        Severance Plan effective 15 March 1990. (Filed as
                        Exhibit 10.8(b) to the Company's Form 10-K Report for
                        the fiscal year ended 30 September 1992.)*

         10.9           Amended and Restated Trust Agreement by and between the
                        Company and PNC Bank,  N.A.  relating to the Defined
                        Benefit Pension Plans dated as of 1 August 1999.
                        (Filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company's Form 10-K
                        Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 1999.)*

         10.9(a)        Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Trust
                        Agreement by and between the Company and PNC Bank,
                        N.A. relating  to the Defined Benefit Pension Plan,
                        adopted 1 January 2000.  (Filed as Exhibit 10.13(a) to
                        the Company's Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year
                        ended 30 September 2000.)*

         10.10          Amended and Restated Trust Agreement by and between the
                        Company and PNC Bank, N.A. relating to the Supplementary
                        Savings Plan dated as of 1 August  1999. (Filed as
                        Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's Form 10-K Report for the
                        fiscal year ended 30 September 1999.)*


                                       15
<PAGE>

         10.10(a)       Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Trust
                        Agreement by and between the Company and PNC Bank,
                        N.A. relating to the Supplementary Savings Plan,
                        adopted 1 January 2000. (Filed as Exhibit 10.14(a) to
                        the Company's Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year
                        ended 30 September 2000.)*

         10.11          Form of Severance Agreements that the Company has with
                        each of its U.S. Executive Officers. (Filed as
                        Exhibit 10.16 to the Company's Form 10-K Report for the
                        fiscal year ended 30 September 1999.)*

         10.12          Form of Severance Agreement that the Company has with
                        one European Executive Officer dated 16 September 1999.
                        (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q
                        Report for the quarter ending 31 March 2001.)*

         10.13          Amendment to form of Severance Agreement with one
                        European Executive Officer dated 26 February 2001.
                        (Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 10-Q
                        Report for the quarter ending 31 March 2001.)*

         10.14          Letter dated 19 April  2000, covering pension for a
                        European Executive  Officer.  (Filed as Exhibit 10.3
                        to the Company's Form 10-Q Report for the quarter
                        ending 31 March 2001.)*

         10.15          Amended and Restated Long Term  Incentive Plan of the
                        Company, effective 1 October 2001. (Filed as
                        Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q Report
                        for the quarter ending 31 March 2002.)*

         10.16          Amended and Restated Annual Incentive Plan of the
                        Company, effective 1 October 2001.  Filed as
                        Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 10-Q Report for the
                        quarter ending 31 March 2002.)*

         10.17          Resolutions approving an Amendment to the Compensation
                        Program for Directors of the Company, effective
                        1 January  2002.  (Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the
                        Company's  Form 10-Q Report for the quarter endind
                        31 March 2002.)*

         10.18          Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for
                        Directors of the Company, effective  20 September
                        2001.  (Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Form 10-Q
                        Report for the  quarter  ending  31 March 2002.)*

         10.19          Confidential Transition and Retirement Agreement and
                        General Release. (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the
                        Company's Form 10-Q Report for the quarter ending
                        30 June 2002.)*

         10.20          Employment Agreement.  (Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the
                        Company's Form 10-Q Report  or the  quarter ending
                        30 June 2002.)*

         10.21          Stock Incentive Program of the Company effective
                        1 October 1996.

         10.22          Terms and Conditions of the Global Employee Stock
                        Option Awards of the Company effective 1 October
                        1995, 1997, and 1999.

         (12)           Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

         (13)           2002 Financial Review Section of the Annual Report to
                        Shareholders for the fiscal year ended 30 September
                        2002, which is furnished to the Commission for
                        information only and not filed except as expressly
                        incorporated by reference in this Report.

         (21)           Subsidiaries of the registrant.

         (23)           Consents of Experts and Counsel.

         23.1           Notice Regarding Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.

         (24)           Power of Attorney.

         (99)           Additional Exhibits.



                                       16
<PAGE>
         99.1           Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As
                        Adopted  Pursuant  to  Section  906 of the
                        Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

         99.2           Certification Pursuant to 18  U.S.C. Section 1350, As
                        Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
                        Act of 2002.

         (b)  Reports on Form 8-K filed during the quarter ended 30 September
              2002:

         Current Reports on Form 8-K dated 25 July 2002 (Items 5 and 9) and
13 August 2002 (Item 9) were filed.


- --------------------------

*Previously filed as indicated and incorporated herein by reference. Exhibits
 incorporated by reference are located in SEC File No. 1-4534.


                                       17
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated: 13 December 2002

                                     AIR PRODUCTS AND CHEMICALS, INC.
                                               (Registrant)


                               By:             /s/ John R. Owings
                                     ----------------------------------------
                                                 John R. Owings
                                     Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
                                            (Principal Financial Officer)

                               Date: 13 December 2002



     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.



                 Signature and Title                                 Date
                 -------------------                                 ----


                 /s/ John P. Jones III                        13 December 2002
- -----------------------------------------------
                (John P. Jones III)
        Director, Chairman, President, and
              Chief Executive Officer
           (Principal Executive Officer)


                 /s/ Paul E. Huck                             13 December 2002
- -----------------------------------------------
                  (Paul E. Huck)
      Vice President and Corporate Controller
          (Principal Accounting Officer)


                         *                                    13 December 2002
   --------------------------------------------
                 (Mario L. Baeza)
                     Director


                         *                                    13 December 2002
   --------------------------------------------
               (L. Paul Bremer III)
                     Director


                         *                                    13 December 2002
   --------------------------------------------
               (Michael J. Donahue)
                     Director


                         *                                    13 December 2002
   --------------------------------------------
               (Ursula F. Fairbairn)
                     Director


                                       18
<PAGE>
                 Signature and Title                                 Date
                 -------------------                                 ----


                         *                                    13 December 2002
   --------------------------------------------
              (Edward E. Hagenlocker)
                     Director


                         *                                    13 December 2002
   --------------------------------------------
                (James F. Hardymon)
                     Director


                         *                                    13 December 2002
   --------------------------------------------
               (Terry R. Lautenbach)
                     Director


                         *                                    13 December 2002
   --------------------------------------------
                 (Terrence Murray)
                     Director


                         *                                    13 December 2002
   --------------------------------------------
                (Charles H. Noski)
                     Director


                         *                                    13 December 2002
   --------------------------------------------
                 (Paula G. Rosput)
                     Director


                         *                                    13 December 2002
   --------------------------------------------
               (Lawrason D. Thomas)
                     Director



* W. Douglas Brown, Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary, by signing
  his name hereto, does sign this document on behalf of the above noted
  individuals, pursuant to a power of attorney duly executed by such
  individuals, which is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
  herewith.



                                                /s/ W. Douglas Brown
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                                  W. Douglas Brown
                                                  Attorney-in-Fact

                                      Date:  13 December 2002

                                       19
<PAGE>


                                 CERTIFICATIONS




I, John P. Jones III certify that:

1.    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Air Products and
      Chemicals, Inc.;

2.    Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue
      statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary
      to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which
      such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
      covered by this annual report;

3.    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial
      information included in this annual report, fairly present in all
      material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash
      flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
      annual report;

4.    The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for
      establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
      defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and
      have:
      a)     designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that
             material information relating to the registrant, including its
             consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within
             those entities, particularly during the period in which this
             annual report is being prepared;
      b)     evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure
             controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the
             filing date of this annual report (the "Evaluation Date"); and
      c)     presented in this annual report our conclusions about the
             effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on
             our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5.    The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on
      our most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and the audit
      committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the
      equivalent functions):
      a)     all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of
             internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant's
             ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data
             and have identified for the registrant's auditors any material
             weaknesses in internal controls; and
      b)     any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or
             other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's
             internal controls; and

6.    The registrant's other certifying officers and I have indicated in this
      annual report whether there were significant changes in internal controls
      or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls
      subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any
      corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material
      weaknesses.

Date: 13 December 2002
                              /s/ John P. Jones III
                    -------------------------------------------
                                  John P. Jones III
                Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer
                          (Principal Executive Officer)


                                       20
<PAGE>


I, John R. Owings certify that:

1.    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Air Products and
      Chemicals, Inc.;

2.    Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue
      statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary
      to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which
      such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
      covered by this annual report;

3.    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial
      information included in this annual report, fairly present in all
      material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash
      flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
      annual report;

4.    The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for
      establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
      defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and
      have:
      a)     designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that
             material information relating to the registrant, including its
             consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within
             those entities, particularly during the period in which this
             annual report is being prepared;
      b)     evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure
             controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the
             filing date of this annual report (the "Evaluation Date"); and
      c)     presented in this annual report our conclusions about the
             effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on
             our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5.    The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on
      our most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and the audit
      committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the
      equivalent functions):
      a)     all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of
             internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant's
             ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data
             and have identified for the registrant's auditors any material
             weaknesses in internal controls; and
      b)     any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or
             other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's
             internal controls; and

6.    The registrant's other certifying officers and I have indicated in this
      annual report whether there were significant changes in internal controls
      or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls
      subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any
      corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material
      weaknesses.

Date: 13 December 2002
                             /s/ John R. Owings
                     --------------------------------------
                                 John R. Owings
                   Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
                          (Principal Financial Officer)

                                       21
<PAGE>



                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS ON SCHEDULE

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.:



          Under date of 28 October 2002, we reported on the consolidated balance
sheet of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and subsidiaries as of 30 September
2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows, and
shareholders' equity for the year then ended as contained in the Annual Report
to Shareholders. These consolidated financial statements and our report thereon
are incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K. In connection with our audit of
the aforementioned consolidated financial statements, we also audited the
related consolidated financial statement schedule referred to in Item 15(a)(2)
in this Form 10-K. This financial statement schedule is the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this
financial statement schedule based on our audit.

          In our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in
relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

          Our report contains an explanatory paragraph relating to the fact that
the financial statements of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and subsidiaries as
of 30 September 2001 and for each of the years in the two-year period then ended
were audited by other auditors who have ceased operations. As described in Note
1 to the financial statements, those financial statements have been revised. We
audited the adjustments described in Note 1 that were applied to revise the 2001
and 2000 financial statements. In addition, as described in Note 10, the
financial statements have been revised to include the transitional disclosures
required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and
Other Intangible Assets", which was adopted as of 1 October 2001. However, we
were not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the 2001 and 2000
financial statements of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and subsidiaries other
than with respect to such adjustments and disclosures, and, accordingly, we do
not express any opinion or any other form of assurance on the 2001 and 2000
financial statements taken as a whole.

KPMG LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
28 October 2002


                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.:



          We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statements (File Nos. 33-2068, 33-65117, 333-21145, 333-45239, 333-71405,
333-18955, 333-73105, 333-54224, 333-81358, 333-56292, 333-21147, 333-60147,
333-95317, 333-31578, and 333-99497) on Form S-8 and in the Registration
Statements (333-02461 and 333-33851) on Form S-3 of Air Products and Chemicals,
Inc. and subsidiaries of our reports dated 28 October 2002, with respect to the
related consolidated balance sheet of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. as of
30 September 2002 and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows
and shareholders' equity for the year then ended, and the related financial
statement schedule, which reports appear in the 30 September 2002 annual report
on Form 10-K of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.

          Our report contains an explanatory paragraph relating to the fact that
the financial statements of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and subsidiaries as
of 30 September 2001 and for each of the years in the two-year period then ended
were audited by other auditors who have ceased operations.  As described in
Note 1 to the financial statements, those financial statements have been
revised. We audited the adjustments described in Note 1 that were applied to
revise the 2001 and 2000 financial statements. In addition, as described in
Note 10, the financial statements have been revised to include the transitional
disclosures required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142,
"Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets", which was adopted as of 1 October 2001.
However, we were not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the
2001 and 2000 financial statements of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and
subsidiaries other than with respect to such adjustments and disclosures, and,
accordingly, we do not express any opinion or any other form of assurance on the
2001 and 2000 financial statements taken as a whole.


KPMG LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
13 December 2002


                                       22
<PAGE>


The following report is a copy of a previously issued Arthur Andersen LLP
("Andersen") report, and the report has not been reissued by Andersen. The
report of Andersen is included in this annual report on Form 10-K pursuant to
Rule 2-02(e) of Regulation S-X. After reasonable efforts the Company has not
been able to obtain a reissued report from Andersen. Andersen has not consented
to the inclusion of its report in this annual report on Form 10-K. Because
Andersen has not consented to the inclusion of its report in the annual report,
it may be difficult for shareholders to seek remedies against Andersen and
shareholders' ability to seek relief against Andersen may be impaired. See
Exhibit 23.1 for further discussion.


              REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS ON SCHEDULE


To: Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.

          We have audited, in accordance with auditing standards generally
accepted in the United States, the consolidated financial statements included in
Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.'s Annual Report to Shareholders, incorporated
by reference in this Form 10-K, and have issued our report thereon dated 26
October 2001. Our audit was made for the purpose of forming an opinion on those
statements taken as a whole. The schedule referred to in Item 14(a)(2) in this
Form 10-K is the responsibility of the Company's management and is presented for
the purposes of complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules
and is not part of the basic consolidated financial statements. This schedule
has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic
consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly states in all
material respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in
relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.



                                             ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
26 October 2001



                                       23
<PAGE>

                                                                SCHEDULE VIII
                                                                 CONSOLIDATED

                AIR PRODUCTS AND CHEMICALS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 SCHEDULE VIII-VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
              For the Years Ended 30 September 2002, 2001, and 2000
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 Other Changes
                                                       Additions               Increase(Decrease)
                                                     --------------------------------------------------------
                                        Balance at   Charged        Charged      Cumulative                      Balance
                                        Beginning       to         to other     Translation                      at End of
      Classification                    of period    Expense       Accounts(1)   Adjustment         Other(2)     Period
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             (in millions of dollars)
<S>                                          <C>        <C>             <C>             <C>         <C>               <C>

Year Ended 30 September 2002
 Allowance for doubtful accounts             $ 10       $ 14            $ 1             $ 0         $ (13)            $ 12


Year Ended 30 September 2001
 Allowance for doubtful accounts             $ 13       $ 10            $ 0             $ 0         $ (13)            $ 10


Year Ended 30 September 2000
 Allowance for doubtful accounts             $ 12       $  8            $ 2             $(1)        $  (8)            $ 13

</TABLE>

Notes:

[1] Includes primarily collections on accounts previously written off.
[2] Primarily includes write-offs of uncollectible accounts.




                                       24

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>4
<FILENAME>exhibit10-2.txt
<DESCRIPTION>.2 AMENDED UK SAV. REL. SCHEME
<TEXT>
                                                                    Exhibit 10.2



            THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES PART OF A PROSPECTUS COVERING
            SECURITIES THAT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES
            ACT OF 1933 OF THE U.S.A. (THE "SECURITIES ACT").





                                    THE RULES
                                    ---------


                                       OF
                                       --


                         THE AIR PRODUCTS GROUP LIMITED
                         ------------------------------


                     UK SAVINGS-RELATED SHARE OPTION SCHEME
                     --------------------------------------



                         as adopted by the directors of
                         ------------------------------
                         the Company on 24 October 1997,
                         -------------------------------
                   as amended on 1 October and 5 November 1999
                   -------------------------------------------

           [Note: The footnotes in the text indicate decisions reached
            by the Directors(1) in exercise of their discretion under the
            Rules. These decisions take effect subject to the terms
                          and conditions of the Rules.]



- ---------
 1  Meeting of the Air Products Group Ltd Board of Director's held on 1 October
    1999

<PAGE>
                                      - 2 -

1.   Definitions

     With effect from the Adoption Date, the Scheme shall be operated in
     accordance with the laws of England and the words and expressions set
     out below shall be construed accordingly and shall have the meanings
     specified against them unless otherwise specifically provided and any
     reference to a provision of an Act of Parliament or Statutory
     Instrument shall include any modification re-enactment or extension of
     it for the time being in force.

     "the Act"                 The Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988.

     "Adoption Date"           24 October, 1997 being the date on which
                               the Scheme was adopted by the Company.

     "Associated Company"      shall have the meaning given thereto for the
                               purposes of Schedule 9 to the Act.

     "Any Other Scheme"        Any scheme (other than the Scheme) which
                               provides for the subscription of Shares by or
                               on behalf of employees of the Company
                               or any Subsidiary and which is established
                               or adopted or approved by the Company.

     "Auditors"                The auditors for the time being of the Company
                               or in the event of there being joint auditors
                               such one of them as the Directors shall select.

     "Bonus"                   Any sum payable by way of terminal bonus
                               under a SAYE Contract being the additional
                               payment made by the Nominated Savings Authority
                               when repaying contributions made under a
                               SAYE Contract. 'Standard Bonus' shall mean the
                               Bonus so payable after sixty monthly
                               contributions have been made and 'Maximum
                               Bonus' shall mean the Bonus payable two
                               years after the Standard Bonus is payable.


<PAGE>
                                      - 3 -

      "Bonus Date"             Where the number of Shares over which an Option
                               is granted is ascertained after taking account
                               of the Maximum Bonus payable under the
                               related SAYE Contract, the earliest date on
                               which the Maximum Bonus is payable, and in
                               any other case the earliest date on which the
                               Standard Bonus is payable under the relevant
                               SAYE Contract.

      "Company"                Air Products Group Limited registered in England
                               number 3101747 under such name as is
                               resolved upon by members from time to time.

      "Eligible Employee"      An employee (including an executive director)
                               of any Participating Company who:

                               (i)  is chargeable to tax in respect of his
                                    office or employment under Case I of
                                    Schedule E; and

                               (ii) on a date determined by the Directors(2)
                                    (but not more than one year preceding the
                                    date on which the invitations are made
                                    in accordance with Rule 3(b)(i)) had been
                                    so employed and so chargeable to tax for a
                                    continuous period of one year (or such
                                    shorter period as the Directors may in
                                    their discretion* decide) whether or not
                                    the company concerned has been a
                                    Participating Company throughout such
                                    period;
                               Provided Further that such employee is not
                               precluded by paragraph 8 of Schedule 9 of the
                               Act from participating in the Scheme.

      "Date of Grant"          The date on which an Option is granted pursuant
                               to Rule 4(d).

      "Directors"              The directors for the time being of the Company
                               or a duly authorised committee of the directors
                               at which a quorum is present.

      "Exchange Rate"          The average of the buying and selling closing
                               Sterling for Dollar spot rates quoted in the
                               London edition of

- ---------
 2  For the 1999 grant of options any person whose employment commenced
    before 28 October, 1999 will be eligible.

<PAGE>
                                     - 4 -

                                the Financial Times on a particular day or, if
                                such paper is not published or such rate is not
                                quoted, the average Sterling for Dollar spot
                                rate quoted by Chase Manhattan Bank London
                                (or at the Directors' discretion any other
                                Bank) at 11 am in London on such day.

      "Issue or Reorganisation" Any issue of Shares or other securities of the
                                Parent Company by way of capitalisation of
                                profits (such as by way of stock dividend or
                                recapitalisation) or reserves (including share
                                premium account and capital redemption reserve)
                                and any issue of shares or other securities
                                of the Parent Company by way of rights in any
                                consolidation (or merger, or combination, or
                                exchange of shares of common stock or other
                                similar corporate changes) or sub-division
                                (such as a stock split) or reduction of capital.

      "Market Value"            The average market value of a Share calculated
                                as the  arithmetical average of the mean
                                (converted to pounds sterling at the Exchange
                                Rate prevailing on the relevant day) of the
                                high and low sales prices on the Stock Exchange
                                for three consecutive Trading Days determined
                                by the Directors, all of which fall within the
                                period preceding the date of a notice of
                                invitation to participate pursuant to Rule 3(b)
                                and within the period of thirty days
                                immediately preceding the Date of Grant of the
                                relevant Option.

      "Monthly Contribution"    The monthly (or in the case of a weekly-paid
                                Eligible Employee the equivalent monthly)
                                contribution stated by an Eligible Employee to
                                be his savings under a SAYE Contract.

      "Nominated Savings        The savings authority or the savings authorities
       Authority"               (as the case may be) nominated by the Directors
                                for the purposes of the Scheme.


<PAGE>
                                     - 5 -

      "Option"                  A right to acquire Shares pursuant to the
                                Scheme.

      "Option Holder"           An Eligible Employee who has been granted an
                                Option or, where the context admits, the
                                personal representative(s) of any such person.

      "Option Period"           A period commencing at the Date of Grant and
                                ending at the expiry of six months after the
                                Bonus Date applicable to the relevant SAYE
                                Contract.

      "Parent Company"          Air Products and Chemicals, Inc., incorporated
                                in the State of Delaware.

      "Participating Company"   The Company or any UK Subsidiary which is
                                designated by the Directors as participating
                                in the Scheme.

      "Pensionable Age"         The age of 65.

      "the Rules"               These rules as amended from time to time in
                                accordance with the provisions hereof.

      "SAYE Contract"           A contract entered into by an Eligible
                                Employee with the appropriate Nominated Savings
                                Authority under a certified contractual savings
                                scheme (within the meaning of Section 326 of
                                the Act) which has been approved by the
                                Board of Inland Revenue for the purposes of
                                Schedule 9 to the Act.

      "the Scheme"              The Air Products Group Limited UK Savings-
                                Related Share Option Scheme constituted for the
                                time being and established by the Rules.

      "Shares"                  Fully paid shares of common stock of $1 par
                                value each in the capital of the Parent Company
                                (including stock into which such shares may at
                                any time have been converted) which comply
                                with the provisions of


<PAGE>
                                     - 6 -

                                Paragraphs 10 to 14 (inclusive) of Schedule 9
                                to the Act and 'Shareholder' shall be construed
                                accordingly.

      "the Stock Exchange"      The New York Stock Exchange on which the Parent
                                Company's shares are traded.

      "Subscription Price"      The price per Share payable on the exercise of
                                an Option which on the Date of Grant shall be
                                the higher of its par (nominal) value converted
                                to pounds sterling at the Exchange Rate and
                                an amount determined by the Directors(3),
                                being not less than such percentage
                                of the Market Value as may be allowed by the
                                Act from time to time, rounded up to the
                                nearest penny.

      "Subsidiary"              A company which is controlled by the Company
                                within the meaning of Section 840 of the Act.

      "Trading Day"             A day on which the Stock Exchange is open for
                                the transaction of business in Shares.

     Where the context so admits words denoting the singular number only
     shall include the plural number and vice versa and words denoting the
     masculine gender shall include the feminine gender also.


2.   Limitations on the number of Shares over which Options may be granted

     The Directors may determine how many Shares shall be made available by
     purchase or subscription for any grant of Options under the Scheme
     after taking into account the following limits, which may be adjusted
     in accordance with Rule 8 to take account of any Issue or
     Reorganisation:

     (a)  The maximum number of Shares which may be acquired pursuant to Options
          which are granted within twenty years following 25 July 1985, when
          aggregated with Shares acquired pursuant to options granted in the
          same twenty year period under any savings related share option scheme

- ----------
 3  For the 1999 grant of options the amount will be 90% of the Market
    Value.

<PAGE>
                                     - 7 -

          of Air Products PLC (currently a subsidiary of Company) shall be
          3,280,000(4).

     (b)  No Options shall be granted later than twenty years after 25 July
          1985.

3.   Invitations and Acceptances to Participate

     (a)  Every Eligible Employee shall be eligible to participate in the Scheme
          on the basis that such participation shall be deemed to constitute
          acceptance of an agreement to be bound by the Rules.

     (b)  (i)   Subject to the restrictions set out in Rule 2, the
                Directors may issue invitations to all  Eligible
                Employees to apply for Options as soon as  practicable
                after the Scheme has been adopted by the Company and
                thereafter each year during the period of forty days
                immediately following the date on which the Parent
                Company makes an announcement of its  results  for a
                full year and/or during the period of forty days
                immediately following the date on which the Parent
                Company makes an announcement of its half-year results.
                Each such invitation shall be made on identical terms
                inviting each Eligible Employee to apply for an Option
                to acquire Shares at the  Subscription  Price by a
                specified date not less than 14 days nor more than
                21 days from the date of the relevant invitation,
                after which date the invitation shall lapse.

          (ii)  Unless the Directors in their absolute discretion
                provide in an invitation that each Eligible Employee
                may elect for either the Standard Bonus or the
                Maximum Bonus then each Eligible Employee applying
                for an Option shall be deemed to have elected for the
                Standard Bonus under sub-paragraph (c)(ii) below.

     (c)  (i)   On receipt of such invitation an Eligible Employee may
                apply to the Company to participate in the Scheme not
                later than the latest date


- ----------
 4  Amount in Rule 2(a) increased as a result of the 2:1 APCI stock split
    in 1998. The words "Provided That options may not be granted under the
    Scheme and any savings related share option scheme of Air Products PLC
    over more than 400,000 Shares in aggregate in any calendar year" have
    been deleted from the end of Rule 2(a) effective from 5 November 1999.

<PAGE>
                                     - 8 -

                specified in the invitation using such form as may be
                prescribed from time to time by the Directors.

          (ii)  He shall state therein the amount of the Monthly Contribution
                that he wishes to pay under his SAYE Contract and, subject to
                sub-paragraph (b)(ii) above, shall elect whether the
                Standard Bonus or the Maximum Bonus is to be included in the
                sum in respect of which he wishes to be granted an Option.

          (iii) He shall enclose therewith an application form of the
                Nominated Savings Authority to enter into a SAYE Contract under
                which he shall agree to pay such Monthly Contribution (being a
                multiple of (pound)1 and subject to the limits in sub-
                paragraph (d) below) as shall secure repayment on the relevant
                Bonus Date of an amount (including the Bonus) as nearly as
                possible equal to but in any event not less than the aggregate
                Subscription Price for the Shares over which he wishes to be
                granted an Option.

          (iv)  If required to do so by the Directors, he shall authorise the
                Participating Company by whom he is employed to deduct his
                Monthly Contribution on a monthly or a weekly basis, as the
                case may be, from his salary or wages and to pay all
                contributions to the appropriate Nominated Savings Authority.

     (d)  The aggregate Monthly Contribution payable by an Eligible Employee
          under all SAYE Contracts shall not exceed the lower of(pound)250 per
          month or such other maximum as may be determined by the Directors and
          be permitted both by the Board of Inland Revenue pursuant to
          Schedule 9 to the Act and by the Nominated Savings Authority and shall
          not be less than(pound)10 per month or such other minimum as may
          be determined by the Directors and be permitted both by the Board of
          Inland Revenue and by the Nominated Savings Authority. For the purpose
          of applying these limits, an Eligible Employee shall be deemed to
          continue to pay his contributions under his SAYE Contract for a period
          of sixty consecutive months notwithstanding that the SAYE Contract in
          question may have lapsed or been cancelled or that he may have chosen
          to treat the relevant Option as having lapsed.

<PAGE>
                                     - 9 -

     (e)  Each Eligible Employee applying for an Option shall authorise the
          Directors to make appropriate amendments to the forms referred to in
          sub-paragraph (c) above to give effect to the provisions of Rule 4
          below

4.   Grant of Options

     (a)  In regard to any offer if, on receipt of all of the applications for
          participation, the total number of Shares in respect of which Options
          have been applied for, calculated by dividing the aggregate of the
          sums in respect of which Eligible Employees wish to be granted Options
          by the Subscription Price, shall exceed the number of Shares available
          for the Scheme at that time, the following adjustments shall be made
          to the forms referred to in Rule 3(c) in respect of each Eligible
          Employee, that is to say - first, each Eligible Employee shall be
          deemed under Rule 3(c)(ii) to have elected for the Standard Bonus to
          be taken into account in determining the number of Shares over which
          an Option is to be granted; second, if an insufficient reduction shall
          have thereby been achieved, the maximum aggregate Monthly Contribution
          that each Eligible Employee may pay under all his SAYE Contracts shall
          be reduced by (pound)10 (but not below the minimum specified in
          accordance with Rule 3(d)); and third, if an insufficient reduction
          shall have thereby been achieved, the monthly contribution which each
          Eligible Employee wishes to pay under his SAYE Contract shall be
          reduced as far as is necessary on a pro-rata basis to the nearest
          multiple of(pound)1 (but not below the minimum specified in accordance
          with Rule 3(d)).

     (b)  If after the operation of paragraph (a) above, the number of Shares
          over which Options would otherwise be granted would still exceed the
          number of Shares available for the Scheme at that time, then at the
          discretion of the Directors either no Options shall be granted or
          Options shall be granted on such basis as the Board of Inland Revenue
          may approve.

     (c)  The Directors shall notify all Eligible Employees of the results of
          any reduction carried out under this Rule.

     (d)  Such Options as have been applied for by all Eligible Employees in
          accordance with Rule 3(c), or as may result from a reduction under
          sub-paragraph (a) or (b) above, shall forthwith be granted, provided
          always that such Options as aforesaid shall be granted within thirty
          days after the

<PAGE>
                                     - 10 -

          first Trading Day by reference to which the Market Value of the
          relevant Shares was established and shall be granted only to persons
          who remain Eligible Employees and provided further that the
          number of Shares in respect of which Options are granted shall not
          exceed the number to which the Eligible Employee would be entitled
          pursuant to Rule 3(c)(iii).

     (e)  Each Option shall be personal to the Option Holder to whom it is
          granted and shall not be capable of being transferred (other than by
          operation of law on his death) and any purported transfer, assignment,
          charge, disposal or dealing with the rights and interests of an Option
          Holder under the Scheme shall entitle the Directors to cancel that
          Option.

     (f)  The Company shall in due course issue in respect of each Option
          granted an Option certificate evidencing the Option. Option
          certificates shall be in such form as the Directors may from time to
          time determine.

5.   Time for Exercise of Options and Lapse of Options

     (a)  Subject to the other provisions of this Rule, no Option may be
          exercised by an Option Holder who is not at such time an employee or
          executive director of a Participating Company. Save as provided in
          this Rule and Rule 7, an Option may not be exercised before the Bonus
          Date nor after the expiry of the Option Period. An Option shall be
          exercised in accordance with Rule 6.

     (b)  The aggregate Subscription Price paid by an Option Holder on
          exercising an Option shall not exceed the total contributions repaid
          together with any Bonus or interest paid thereon under the SAYE
          Contract.

     (c)  (i)   If an Option Holder dies before the relevant Bonus Date, his
                personal representative(s) may exercise any Option then held by
                him within twelve months after the date of his death, but not
                otherwise.

          (ii)  If an Option Holder dies after the relevant Bonus Date but
                before the expiry of the Option Period, his personal
                representative(s) may

<PAGE>
                                     - 11 -

                exercise any Option then held by him within twelve months
                after the relevant Bonus Date, but not otherwise.

     (d)  Subject to sub-paragraph (c) above, if an Option Holder ceases to be
          employed by a Participating Company by reason of:

          (i)   injury or disability;

          (ii)  redundancy within the meaning of the Employment Rights Act
                1996; or

          (iii) retirement on reaching Pensionable Age or any other age at
                which he is bound to retire in accordance with the terms of
                his contract of employment,

          any Option then held by him may be exercised within six months
          after such cessation of employment (but not later than the expiry
          of the Option Period), but not otherwise.

     (e)  Subject to paragraph (c) above, if an Option Holder ceases to hold an
          office or employment by virtue of which he is eligible to participate
          in the Scheme by reason only that:

          (i)   his office or employment is in a company which ceases to
                be a subsidiary of the Company; or

          (ii)  his office or employment relates to a business or part of a
                business which is transferred to a person who is neither an
                associated company of the Company or a company under the
                control of the Company.

          Any Option then held by him may be exercised within six months
          after such cessation (but not later than the expiry of the option
          period), but not otherwise.

     (f)  If an Option Holder ceases to hold an office or employment by virtue
          of which he is eligible to participate in the Scheme by reason only
          that his

<PAGE>

                                     - 12 -

          employment is transferred to an Associated Company then if, at the
          Bonus Date, an Option Holder who has obtained rights under the scheme
          holds an office or employment in a company which is not a
          Participating Company but which is an Associated Company, any
          Option then held by him may be exercised within six months of that
          Bonus Date.(5)

     (g)  If an Option Holder ceases to be employed by a Participating
          Company for any reason other than one of those set out in
          sub-paragraphs (c), (d) and (f) above, or ceases to hold an office
          or employment by virtue of which he is eligible to participate
          in the Scheme for any reason other than one of those set out in
          (i) and (ii) of paragraph (e) above, any Option then held by him
          shall, unless it is then exercisable under this Rule or Rule 7,
          lapse and be of no further effect.

     (h)  If an Option Holder reaches Pensionable Age but continues to be
          employed by a Participating Company, any Option then held by him
          may be exercised within six months after the date upon which he
          reaches that age but not later than the expiry of the Option Period.
          If the Option is not so exercised, it shall remain in being subject
          to the other provisions of this Rule.


     (i)  If an Option Holder gives, or under the terms of his SAYE
          Contract is deemed to have given, notice to the Nominated
          Savings Authority that he intends to stop paying his
          contributions under his SAYE Contract before having paid the
          equivalent of sixty monthly contributions thereunder, the
          relevant Option shall, unless it is then or remains
          exercisable under this Rule or Rule 7 and is so exercised
          within the period permitted by the relevant Rule, thereupon
          lapse.

- ---------
 5  The provisions of Rule 5(f) apply only to options granted on or after the
    later of 1 October 1999 and the date of Inland Revenue approval of such
    change. Options granted under these rules prior to 1 October 1999 remain
    subject to the original Rules as adopted on 24 October 1997 wherein Rule
    5(f) read: "If an Option Holder ceases to be employed by a Participating
    Company for any reason other than one of those set out in sub-paragraphs
    (c) and (d) above, or ceases to hold an office or employment by virtue of
    which he is eligible to participate in the Scheme for any reason other than
    one of those set out in (i) and (ii) of paragraph (e) above, any Option
    then held by him shall, unless it is then exercisable under this Rule or
    Rule 7, lapse and be of no further effect except when such cessation of
    employment occurs more than three years after the date on which the Option
    was granted in which case the Directors shall permit the Option Holder to
    exercise the Option at any time within six months after the cessation of
    employment but not later than the expiry of the Option Period.

<PAGE>
                                     - 13 -

     (j)  For the purposes of sub-paragraphs (d) and (e) above, no
          Option Holder shall be treated as ceasing to be employed by a
          Participating Company until he ceases to hold an office or
          employment in the Company or any Associated Company.

     (k)  Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Rule and Rule 7,
          no Option may be exercised by an Option Holder who at such
          time would be precluded from participating in the Scheme by
          virtue of Paragraph 8 of Schedule 9 to the Act or by the
          personal representative(s) of a deceased Option Holder who at
          the date of his death would have been so precluded.

6.   Method of Exercise of Options

     (a)  An Option may be exercised in whole or in part but once  only.  The
          Option Holder (or, as the case may be, his personal representative(s))
          shall deliver to the Company or to its agent appointed for the purpose
          a notice in writing in such form as may be prescribed from time to
          time by the Directors (which may be endorsed on the Option
          certificate), stating therein the number of Shares in respect of which
          he desires the Option to be exercised and enclosing therewith the
          relevant Option certificate together with payment (or authority to
          obtain the payment from the Nominated Savings Authority) in full of
          the aggregate Subscription Price due or, if the Option is being
          exercised in part only, the appropriate proportion thereof; the notice
          shall take effect upon its receipt by the Company or its agent and the
          date of such receipt shall constitute the date of exercise of such
          Option. A notice shall be of no effect unless received by the Company
          before the expiry of the particular period in which the Option is
          exercisable.

     (b)  The Shares in respect of which an Option is exercised shall be
          registered in the name of the Option Holder as soon as practicable
          after the exercise of the Option and in any case within 30 days.

     (c)  The Parent Company has undertaken to make application for and
          use its best endeavours to obtain or maintain admission to the
          list of the Stock Exchange or any other recognised stock
          exchange on which the Parent

<PAGE>
                                     - 14 -

          Company shares are traded, for all Shares which are to be allotted
          following the exercise of an Option.

     (d)  Such Shares as are issued following the exercise of an Option
          shall be issued on terms that they rank pari passu in all
          respects with the other Shares then in issue save as regards
          rights attaching by reference to a record date which precedes
          the date of exercise.

7.   Takeover Offers and Liquidation

     (a)  If any person obtains control of the Parent Company as a result of
          making an offer to acquire the whole of the Shares (other than those
          already owned or controlled by him) which is either unconditional or
          is made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the offeror will
          have control of the Parent Company, notice in writing thereof shall be
          given by the Company to all Option Holders and an Option Holder shall
          at any time within six months after the offeror has obtained control
          of the Parent Company and any conditions subject to which the offer
          was made have been satisfied be entitled to exercise his Option
          (provided that he does so before the expiry of the Option Period).
          Options shall thereupon lapse to the extent that they have not been
          exercised. For the purposes of this sub-paragraph 'control' shall have
          the meaning given in Section 840 of the Act and shall be construed as
          if the offeror owned the Shares of any persons acting in concert with
          him.

     (b)  An Option shall lapse in the event of the Company being wound up.

8.   Adjustments

     Following any Issue or Reorganisation, the number or nominal amount of
     Shares comprised in each Option and the Subscription Price payable therefor
     and/or the limits contained in Rule 2 may with the agreement of the Board
     of Inland Revenue be adjusted by the Directors in such manner as they may
     determine provided always that the Auditors have first confirmed in writing
     to the Directors that any such adjustment is in their opinion fair and
     reasonable but so that the aggregate Subscription Price payable on the
     exercise of any Option shall not be increased thereby and provided also
     that no such adjustment shall be made to

<PAGE>
                                     - 15 -

     the extent that it would result in a Share being issued at less than
     its nominal value. Notice of any such adjustments shall be given to
     the Option Holders by the Directors who may call in Option
     certificates for endorsement or replacement.

9.   Notices and Administration

     (a)  Save as otherwise provided herein, notices or documents required to
           be given to an Eligible Employee or an Option Holder shall be
           properly given if delivered to him by hand at his normal place of
           work or sent to him by post at his last known address, and where a
           notice is sent by post it shall be deemed to have been given 48 hours
           after it was put into the post properly addressed and stamped.

     (b)   Save as otherwise provided herein, notices or documents required
           to be given to the Company by an Eligible Employee or Option Holder
           shall be properly given if delivered by hand to the Secretary of the
           Company or to his agent appointed for the purpose at the Company's
           registered office or sent to him by post at that office and where a
           notice is sent by post it shall be deemed to have been given 48 hours
           after it was put in the post properly addressed and stamped.

     (c)   The Company shall at all times ensure that such Shares as may be
           required to satisfy all subsisting Options and, subject to Rule 2 and
           Rule 4(a), all outstanding invitations to apply for Options are
           available for acquisition pursuant to the Scheme.

     (d)   The decision of the Directors in any dispute or question relating
           to an Option or the due exercise thereof for which specific provision
           is not made in the Rules shall be final and conclusive.

10.  Variations and Termination

     (a)  The Directors may at any time and from time to time by resolution
          make any modification or alteration to the Scheme provided that no
          modification or alteration shall:

<PAGE>
                                     - 16 -

          (i)   take effect until is shall have been approved by the Board of
                Inland  Revenue in accordance  with Schedule 9 to the Act;

          (ii)  be made which would adversely affect any of the subsisting
                rights of Option Holders except with the consent of Option
                Holders who, if they exercised their Options in full, would
                become entitled to not less than 75% of all Shares in respect
                of which subsisting Options have been granted; and

          (iii) be made (save as regards adjustments pursuant to Rule 8, except
                with the prior approval of the Parent Company if any of the
                following provisions of the Scheme are being modified or
                altered to the advantage of existing or future Option Holders:

                the definitions of "Eligible Employee", "Market Value",
                "Subscription Price", Rules 2, 3(b), 3(c), 3(d), 4(e), 5(a),
                5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(f), 5(g), 5(h), 5(i), 5(j) 6, 7, 8 and
                this Rule.

     (b)  Notwithstanding the provisions of Rule 10(a) the Directors may make
          any alterations to these Rules (other than Rule 2) required to ensure
          that this Scheme becomes and remains approved by the Board of Inland
          Revenue.

     (c)  The Directors may at any time resolve to terminate the Scheme in which
          event no further Options shall be granted but the provisions of the
          Scheme shall in relation to Options then subsisting continue in full
          force and effect.

     (d)  Written notice of any alteration made in accordance with paragraph (a)
          above to the advantage or disadvantage of existing Option Holders
          shall be given to all such Option Holders.

11.  Rights of Employees

     (a)  Participation in the Scheme by an Eligible Employee is a matter
          entirely separate from any pension right or entitlement he may have
          and from his terms or conditions of employment and participation in
          this Scheme shall

<PAGE>

                                     - 17 -

          in no respects whatever affect in any way an Eligible Employee's
          pension rights or entitlements or terms or conditions of employment
          and in particular (while not limiting the generality of the foregoing
          words) any Eligible Employee who leaves the employment of a
          Participating Company shall not be entitled to any compensation for
          any loss of any right or benefit or prospective right or benefit under
          the Scheme which he might otherwise have enjoyed whether such
          compensation is claimed by way of damages for wrongful or unfair
          dismissal or other breach of contract by way of compensation for loss
          of office or otherwise howsoever.

     (b)  An Option Holder shall not be entitled to the benefit of any rights
          attaching to Shares (whether already issued or otherwise) in respect
          of any record date preceding the exercise of the relevant Option. In
          particular, and without prejudice to the foregoing, an Option Holder
          shall not be entitled to receive dividends in respect of any such
          record date.


</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>5
<FILENAME>exhibit10-3.txt
<DESCRIPTION>.3 AMENDED SUPPLEMENTARY SAVINGS PLAN
<TEXT>
                                                                    Exhibit 10.3

















                        AIR PRODUCTS AND CHEMICALS, INC.
                           SUPPLEMENTARY SAVINGS PLAN
              As Amended and Restated Effective as of April 1, 1998

                Reflecting Amendments through September 30, 2002



<PAGE>


                        AIR PRODUCTS AND CHEMICALS, INC.
                           SUPPLEMENTARY SAVINGS PLAN

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

Article and
Section
Number(s)                           Title                                 Page
- -----------                         -----                                 ----

                 Preamble...............................................     1

Article 1        Purpose of the Plan....................................     2
   Section 1.1   Purpose................................................     2

Article 2        Definitions............................................     3
   Section 2.1   Definitions............................................     3
                 (a)  Annual Incentive Plan.............................     3
                 (b)  Annual Salary.....................................     3
                 (c)  Beneficiary.......................................     4
                 (d)  Board ............................................     4
                 (e)  Cash Savings Account..............................     5
                 (f)  Code  ............................................     5
                 (g)  Committee.........................................     5
                 (h)  Common Stock......................................     5
                 (i)  Company...........................................     5
                 (j)  Company Matching Contributions....................     5
                 (k)  Company Stock Account.............................     5
                 (l)  Deferral Election.................................     5
                 (m)  Distribution Event................................     5
                 (n)  Effective Date....................................     6
                 (o)  Elective Deferrals................................     6
                 (p)  Employee..........................................     6
                 (q)  Employee Contributions............................     6
                 (r)  Employer..........................................     6
                 (s)  ERISA ............................................     6
                 (t)  Matching Credits..................................     7
                 (u)  Participant.......................................     7
                 (v)  Plan  ............................................     7
                 (w)  Plan Administrator................................     7
                 (x)  Plan Year.........................................     7
                 (y)  Savings Plan......................................     7
                 (z)  Supplementary Savings Account.....................     8
                 (aa) Tax Limitations...................................     8

   Section 2.2   Gender and Number......................................     8




                                       i
<PAGE>




Article 3        Participation and Deferral Elections...................     9
   Section 3.1   Participation..........................................     9
   Section 3.2   Deferral Elections.....................................    10

Article 4        Accounting and Valuation...............................    12
   Section 4.1   Accounting for Elective Deferrals, Matching Credits,
                  and Earnings..........................................    12
   Section 4.2   Company Stock Account..................................    13
   Section 4.3   Statements to Participants.............................    14

Article 5        Vesting and Distribution...............................    15
   Section 5.1   Vesting................................................    15
   Section 5.2   Eligibility for Distribution...........................    15
           (a)   Distribution Event.....................................    15
           (b)   Death .................................................    15
           (c)   Tax Withholding........................................    15
   Section 5.3   Form of Payment and Commencement
                  Of Distribution to Participants.......................    16
                 (a)  Form and Manner of Payment to a Participant.......    16
                 (b)  Distribution to a Participant.....................    16
                 (c)  Electing and Changing the Form or
                      Time of Commencement..............................    17
                 (d)  Cash Out of Small Accounts........................    18

Article 6        Administration.........................................    19
   Section 6.1   Plan Administration and Interpretation.................    19
   Section 6.2   Claim and Appeal Procedure.............................    19
                 (a)  Claim Procedure...................................    19
                 (b)  Appeal Procedure..................................    20

Article 7        Funding................................................    22
   Section 7.1   Benefits Unfunded......................................    22
   Section 7.2   Non-qualified Plan.....................................    22
   Section 7.3   ERISA..................................................    22

Article 8        Amendment and Termination..............................    24
   Section 8.1   Amendment and Termination..............................    24

Article 9        General Provisions.....................................    25
   Section 9.1   Non-alienation of Benefits.............................    25
   Section 9.2   Contractual Obligations................................    25
   Section 9.3   No Employment Rights...................................    26
   Section 9.4   Minor or Incompetent...................................    26
   Section 9.5   Unclaimed Amounts......................................    26
   Section 9.6   Payee Unknown..........................................    27
   Section 9.7   Illegal or Invalid Provision...........................    27
   Section 9.8   Governing Law and Headings.............................    27
   Section 9.9   Liability Limitation...................................    27
   Section 9.10  Notices................................................    28
   Section 9.11  Entire Agreement.......................................    28
   Section 9.12  Binding Effect.........................................    28


                                       ii
<PAGE>



                        AIR PRODUCTS AND CHEMICALS, INC.
                           SUPPLEMENTARY SAVINGS PLAN
              As Amended and Restated Effective as of April 1, 1998
                Reflecting Amendments through September 30, 2002



                                    Preamble
                                    --------

     WHEREAS, Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. (the "Company") established
effective October 1, 1983, a nonqualified savings plan (the "Plan") for
employees whose participation in the Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. Retirement
Savings and Stock Ownership Plan ("the Savings Plan") is limited (as defined
herein) due to provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"), which Plan
was thereafter amended and restated effective as of January 1, 1987 and
October 1, 1989; and

     WHEREAS, the Company now wishes to restate the Plan, effective as of
April 1, 1998, to clarify certain provisions, to add language to make the Plan
conform more closely to the terms of the Savings Plan, to delete outdated
references, and to incorporate amendments made through September 30, 2002;

     NOW, THEREFORE, the Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. Supplementary Savings
Plan is hereby amended and restated effective as of April 1, 1998, as set forth
herein. The rights and benefits, if any, of a former participant shall be
determined in accordance with the provisions of the Plan in effect on the date
of his or her separation from service with the Company and all Employers.



<PAGE>
                                   Article 1

                               Purpose of the Plan

     Section 1.1  Purpose. This Plan is a non-qualified, unfunded employee
     -----------  -------
benefit plan which was established to permit participants in the Savings Plan
whose participation therein is limited by Code Sections 401(a), 415, 402(g) or
401(a)(17), or administrative procedures adopted by the Savings Plan
Administrator to comply with such Code sections, (collectively, the "Tax
Limitations") to obtain certain benefits which would have been available under
the Savings Plan had such Tax Limitations not applied. The Plan thereby
supplements the benefits payable to such participants under the Savings Plan.


                                      - 2 -
<PAGE>
                                   Article 2

                                   Definitions

        Section 2.1. Definitions. Except as specifically provided herein, all
        -----------  -----------
capitalized terms shall have the meaning provided in the Savings Plan. As used
herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings, unless the
context clearly indicates otherwise:

     (a) "Annual Incentive Plan" shall mean the Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.
1997 Annual Incentive Plan adopted by the stockholders, as amended from time to
time.

     (b) "Annual Salary" shall mean the total annual salary of an Employee which
would be payable by the Company or an Employer if the Employee made no Deferral
Election under the Plan or any similar deferral election under the Savings Plan
or other deferred compensation or cafeteria plan, excluding:

          (1) Discretionary bonuses or grants, including, without limitation,
     awards under the Annual Incentive Plan, income howsoever derived from the
     granting of stock options or other stock awards, scholastic aid, or
     payments and awards for suggestions and patentable inventions, other merit
     awards, expense allowances, and noncash compensation (including imputed
     income);

          (2) Matching Credits under this Plan and Company Matching
     Contributions under the Savings Plan; accruals or distributions under the
     Savings Plan and this Plan; and payments, accruals, and distributions under
     any


                                      - 3 -
<PAGE>

     severance or incentive plan or other retirement, pension, or
     profit-sharing plan of the Company or an Employer;

          (3) Overtime payments, shift premium payments, commissions, mileage,
     and payments in lieu of vacation by the Company or an Employer; and

          (4) All supplemental compensation from the Company or an Employer for
     domestic and overseas assignments, including without limitation, premium
     pay, cost of living and relocation allowances, mortgage interest allowances
     and forgiveness, tax-equalization payments, and other emoluments of such
     service.

     (c) "Beneficiary" shall mean the person(s), trust(s), or other recipient(s)
who would be entitled to receive the balance of a Participant's accounts, if
any, under the Savings Plan following the Participant's death unless the
Participant designates in writing, on a form supplied by the Plan Administrator,
different person(s), trust(s), or other recipient(s) to receive the balance of
the Participant's Supplementary Savings Account in the event of such
Participant's death and such designated Beneficiary survives the Participant.
Any such designation may be revoked or changed by the Participant at any time
and from time to time prior to death without the consent of any prior
Beneficiary, except as provided in the next sentence. The designation of a
person other than the Participant's spouse as Beneficiary shall be ineffective
unless made with the consent of the Participant's spouse under the same terms
and conditions which are applicable to such designations of beneficiaries under
the Savings Plan.

     (d) "Board" shall mean the board of directors of the Company or the
Management Development and Compensation Committee of the board of directors of
the Company or another committee thereof duly appointed by such Board to
exercise and carry out the authority and responsibilities of the Board under the
Plan.



                                      - 4 -

<PAGE>

     (e) "Cash Savings Account" shall mean a Participant's sub-account to which
dollar denominated amounts are credited as described in Section 4.1 below.

     (f) "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time.

     (g) "Committee" shall mean the Committee designated in accordance with the
provisions of Article 6 hereof to administer the Plan.

     (h) "Common Stock" shall mean common stock of the Company.

     (i) "Company" shall mean Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and any successor
thereto by merger, purchase, or otherwise.

     (j) "Company Matching Contributions" shall mean Company Matching
Contributions made on behalf of a Participant under, and as defined in, the
Savings Plan.

     (k) "Company Stock Account" shall mean a Participant's sub-account to which
company stock units are credited as described in Section 4.2 below.

     (l) "Deferral Election" shall mean an election made by an Employee
described in Section 3.2.

     (m) "Distribution Event" shall mean an event other than death pursuant to
which a Participant can become entitled to receive a distribution under the
Savings Plan, as determined under Section 2.19 of the Savings Plan or any
successor provision thereto.



                                      - 5 -
<PAGE>

     (n) "Effective Date" shall mean, as to the Company, April 1, 1998; and as
to any other Employer, the later of April 1, 1998 or the date as of which the
Savings Plan initially becomes effective for Employees of the Employer.

     (o) "Elective Deferrals" shall mean the deferrals under the Plan of all or
a portion of each periodic installment of a Participant's Annual Salary pursuant
to the Participant's Deferral Election.

     (p) "Employee" shall mean any person designated by the Plan Administrator
who is in the employ of the Company or an Employer, who is a member of a select
group of management or highly compensated employees of the Company or an
Employer, who participates in or who is eligible to participate in the Savings
Plan, and whose participation in the Savings Plan is limited by the Tax
Limitations. The Plan Administrator will make the determination of who is an
Employee in his sole discretion, and an employee will be notified by the Plan
Administrator of his status as an Employee hereunder. Notwithstanding the above,
on or after August 1, 2001, Employee shall mean any employee of the Company or
an Employer who is a participant in the Annual Incentive Plan.

     (q) "Employee Contributions" shall mean Before-Tax Contributions and
After-Tax Contributions to the Savings Plan.

     (r) "Employer" shall mean each subsidiary of the Company, some or all of
whose employees are participants in the Savings Plan, either collectively, or
separately as to its Employees, as the context requires.

     (s) "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended and in effect from time to time.



                                      - 6 -
<PAGE>

     (t) "Matching Credits" shall mean the amounts credited to a Participant's
Supplementary Savings Account as of the last day of each calendar month pursuant
to Section 4.1(b) representing Company Matching Contributions that would have
been made to the Savings Plan on Participant's behalf if the Participant's
participation in the Savings Plan were not limited.

     (u) "Participant" shall mean an Employee who is either (a) making Elective
Deferrals under the Plan, or (b) is not making Elective Deferrals but has a
balance in his Supplementary Savings Account.

     (v) "Plan" shall mean the Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. Supplementary
Savings Plan, as set forth herein and as amended and in effect from time to time
hereafter.

     (w) "Plan Administrator" shall mean the Director of Compensation and
Benefits of the Company, or any successor to such position and any person to
whom the Plan Administrator delegates any of his responsibilities hereunder with
respect to such delegated responsibilities.

     (x) "Plan Year" shall mean the twelve-month period beginning on October 1
of each calendar year and ending on September 30 of the following calendar year.
A Plan Year shall be designated according to the calendar year in which such
Plan Year ends (e.g., the 1998 Plan Year refers to the Plan Year beginning on
October 1, 1997 and ending on September 30, 1998).

     (y) "Savings Plan" shall mean the Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.
Retirement Savings and Stock Ownership Plan, as in effect on the Effective Date
and as amended and in effect from time to time thereafter.



                                      - 7 -
<PAGE>

     (z) "Supplementary Savings Account" shall mean the account established for
a Participant pursuant to Section 4.1 and maintained under the Plan to record
the Elective Deferrals and Matching Credits, and the change in value thereof,
and distributions therefrom, as provided in Article 4.

     (aa) "Tax Limitations" shall mean Code sections identified in Section 1.1
and the Savings Plan provisions and administrative procedures adopted by the
Plan Administrator to ensure compliance of the Savings Plan with such Code
sections.

      Section 2.2 Gender and Number. Whenever used herein, the masculine
      ----------- -----------------
pronoun shall include the feminine and vice versa. The singular shall include
the plural and the plural shall include the singular whenever used herein,
unless the context requires otherwise.


                                      - 8 -
<PAGE>

                                    Article 3

                      Participation and Deferral Elections
                      ------------------------------------


     Section 3.1  Participation.
     -----------  -------------

     (a) Each person who was a Participant on the day before the Effective Date
shall remain a Participant on and after the Effective Date, until such person
ceases to be a Participant in accordance with paragraph (c) below.

     (b) An Employee who was not a Participant on the day before the Effective
Date shall become a Participant in the Plan as of the first day of the calendar
month after which he becomes an Employee; provided that a Deferral Election is
completed and timely filed prior to that time in accordance with Section 3.2. An
Employee who does not become a Participant when he first becomes an Employee, as
provided in the preceding sentence, can become a Participant as of the first day
of any subsequent calendar month, provided that he is still an Employee and a
Deferral Election is completed and timely filed prior to that time in accordance
with Section 3.2. Notwithstanding the above, on or after August 1, 2001, an
Employee who is not already a Participant shall become a Participant as of the
first pay when he is an Employee that his Employee Contributions are stopped due
to the Tax Limitations, provided that he does not decline participation as
provided in Subsection 3.2(b) below.

     (c) An Employee who becomes a Participant shall continue to be a
Participant until such time as his Supplementary Savings Account has been
completely distributed to him or on his behalf.


                                      - 9 -
<PAGE>

     Section 3.2  Deferral Elections.
     -----------  ------------------

     (a) Prior to August 1, 2001, an Employee may elect to participate in the
Plan by making a Deferral Election in accordance with the following: The
Employee may elect to defer a portion of each periodic installment of his Annual
Salary which has not been earned, which portion may be expressed as a whole
percentage of each such periodic installment or two different percentages of
each such periodic installment applying respectively to Annual Salary over and
under a certain level. The total percentage of Annual Salary deferred under the
Plan may not exceed the difference between Employee Contributions made by the
Participant under the Savings Plan for the Plan Year expressed as a percentage
of the Participant's Annual Salary for the Plan Year, and the deferral
percentage limit which is in effect for "highly compensated employees", as
defined by Code Section 414(q), under the Savings Plan to maintain the Savings
Plan's compliance with the anti-discrimination provisions of Code Section 401(k)
applicable to Before-Tax Contributions, also referred to as the Actual Deferral
Percentage Test.
        A Deferral Election may be made, changed, or terminated with
respect to the first periodic installment of Annual Salary earned in any
calendar month, provided that the Employee notifies the Plan Administrator no
later than the 15th day of the preceding calendar month. Any Deferral Election
which is made, changed, or terminated will apply only with respect to Annual
Salary not yet earned by the Employee. An Employee's Deferral Election remains
in effect until changed or terminated by the Employee or until he no longer is
an Employee. An Employee's Deferral Election shall be made in such form and
manner and at such times as determined by the Committee or the Plan
Administrator.

     (b) After August 1, 2001, unless he or she elects not to make a Deferral
Election, an Employee who cannot make Employee Contributions with respect to a


                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>

periodic installment of his Annual Salary which has not yet been earned due to
Tax Limitations will be deemed to have made a Deferral Election to defer from
such periodic installment of his Annual Salary, an amount equal to a fixed whole
percentage of such periodic installment of Annual Salary, which percentage shall
equal the percentage of Annual Salary the Employee elected to make as Employee
Contributions to the Savings Plan in his most recent Deferral Election under
Section 3.02 of the Savings Plan; provided that such percentage may not exceed
8% prior to January 1, 2002 and 16% thereafter.

          An Employee's Deferral Election which is deemed to be made in
accordance with the preceding paragraph may be changed or terminated with
respect to the first periodic installment of Annual Salary earned in any month
provided that the Employee notifies the Plan Administrator no later than the
15th day of the prior month. An Employee may also elect to decline deferring
Annual Salary. Such an election shall be made in the form or manner determined
by the Plan Administrator.

     (c) Each Employee who becomes a Participant for the first time by making a
Deferral Election in accordance with (a) or (b) above shall provide the Plan
Administrator with a designation as to the form of distribution and time of
distribution from the available options described in Section 5.3. Annual Salary
which is deferred pursuant to a Deferral Election will not be paid at the time
it is earned but will be credited to the Participant's Supplementary Savings
Account as provided in Section 4.1 and may be distributed only in accordance
with Article 5.


                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>
                                    Article 4

                            Accounting and Valuation
                            ------------------------

     Section 4.1  Accounting for Elective Deferrals, Matching Credits, and
     -----------  --------------------------------------------------------
Earnings.
- --------

     (a) A Supplementary Savings Account will be established and maintained for
each Participant on the financial books and records of the Company or the
Employer with respect to its Employees who are Participants, as a liability to
the Participant. Each Participant's Supplementary Savings Account shall consist
of two sub-accounts, a Cash Savings Account and a Company Stock Account.

     (b) As of the last day of each calendar month, a Participant's Cash Savings
Account will be credited with the amount of the Participant's Elective Deferrals
for such month. Effective October 1, 1994, a Participant's Cash Savings Account
will be credited as of the last day of the calendar month with a Matching Credit
equal to the Company Matching Contribution that would have been made under the
Savings Plan on account of the Participant's Elective Deferrals for the calendar
month if the Elective Deferrals had been Employee Contributions made under the
Savings Plan. Prior to August 1, 2001, the Matching Credit shall be calculated
as if the Participant had first made all allowable Employee Contributions which
are Matched Contributions under the Savings Plan.

     (c) A Participant's Cash Savings Account will be credited with interest on
the balance quarterly at the Moody's A-rated long-term industrial bond average
rate, unless the Committee determines that a different interest rate shall be
used. In the event a


                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>

different interest rate is determined to be used, which results in a lower
return to the Participant, it shall begin to apply as of a date on or following
the date of such determination.

     Section 4.2  Company Stock Account.
     -----------  ----------------------

     (a) Effective January 1, 2000, while he or she is employed by the Company
or an Employer, a Participant may elect, at the times and in the manner
determined by the Plan Administrator, to have all or a portion of the amount
credited to his or her Cash Savings Account transferred to a Company Stock
Account which is a sub-account deemed to be invested in Common Stock. The
Participant's Company Stock Account shall be credited with that number of whole
units obtained by dividing the amount he or she elects to transfer from his or
her Cash Savings Account by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on
the date credited (with the units thus calculated herein referred to as "company
stock units"). Any excess shall remain credited to the Participant's Cash
Savings Account. For purposes of the Plan, the fair market value of a share of
Common Stock on any date shall be equal to the closing sales price on the New
York Stock Exchange, as reported on the composite transaction tape, for such
date, or, if no sales were quoted on such date, on the most recent preceding
date on which sales were quoted. Amounts credited to the Company Stock Account
may not be converted back to the Cash Savings Account.

     (b) Following the declaration of a cash dividend on the Common Stock, each
Participant who has a Company Stock Account shall be credited with an amount
equal to the cash dividends ("Dividend Equivalents") which would have been paid
if the company stock units credited to such Account on the record date for such
dividend had been issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock. Such Dividend
Equivalents shall be credited to such Participant's Cash Savings Account
effective no later than the



                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>

last day of the fiscal quarter in which the payment date for such dividend
occurred and shall therein accumulate interest as provided in paragraph 4.1(c)
above.

     (c) Following the declaration of a dividend payable in Common Stock, a
Participant's Company Stock Account shall be credited with additional company
stock units equivalent to the number of shares of Common Stock which would have
been delivered if the company stock units credited to such Account on the record
date for such dividend had been issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock.
Such additional company stock units shall be credited to each Participant's
Company Stock Account effective no later than the last day of the fiscal quarter
in which the payment date for such dividend occurred.

     Section 4.3     Statements to Participants. The Plan Administrator shall
     -----------     --------------------------
maintain such books and records as he deems necessary to administer the Plan and
shall be responsible for determining the balance in the Participants'
Supplementary Savings Accounts from time to time. Participants shall receive a
statement at least once during each Plan Year which shows the balance in their
Supplementary Savings Account.


                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>




                                    Article 5

                            Vesting and Distribution
                            ------------------------

     Section 5.1  Vesting. A Participant's Supplementary Savings Account is
     -----------  -------
 100% vested at all times.

     Section 5.2  Eligibility for Distribution.  No distributions will be
     -----------  ----------------------------
made prior to a Participant's Distribution Event or death.

     (a) Distribution Event. In the event of a Participant's Distribution Event,
         -----------------
his Supplementary Savings Account shall be valued and distributed as provided in
Section 5.3.

     (b) Death. In the event of a Participant's death prior to a Distribution
         -----
Event, his Supplementary Savings Account shall be valued as of the last day of
the Plan Year during which the Participant's death occurs and distributed to the
Participant's Beneficiary as soon as practical thereafter. In the event of a
Participant's death after a Distribution Event, the remaining amount due to the
Participant shall be determined as of the last day of the Plan Year during which
such Participant's death occurs and distributed to the Participant's Beneficiary
as soon as practicable thereafter.

     (c) Tax Withholding. All distributions from the Plan shall be subject to
         ---------------
Federal income and other tax withholding as required by applicable law.



                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>

     Section 5.3  Form of Payment and Commencement of Distribution to
     -----------  -----------------------------------------------------
Participants.
- -------------

     (a) Form and Manner of Payment to a Participant. Amounts credited to a
         ------------------------------------------
Participant's Cash Savings Account shall be distributed in cash. Amounts
credited to Participant's Company Stock Account shall be distributed in whole
shares of Common Stock equal to the number of company stock units credited
thereto. Distribution of a Participant's Supplementary Savings Account to the
Participant shall be in such of the following forms of payment as the
Participant shall elect:

          (1) Lump Sum. A single lump sum payment.
              --------

          (2) Installments. Substantially equal annual installments not to
              ------------
     exceed ten (10), commencing in such year following the occurrence of a
     Distribution Event with respect to a Participant as is elected by the
     Participant; provided, however, that no payment shall be made more than ten
     (10) calendar years after such Distribution Event. Installment
     distributions shall be comprised of amounts from a Participant's Cash
     Savings Account and Company Stock Account in the proportion that the value
     of each such Account bears to the total value of the Participant's
     Supplementary Savings Account at the time of the distribution, rounded to
     eliminate fractional shares.

         (b) Distribution to a Participant. Distribution to a Participant will
             ------------ -- - -----------
be made or begin in the January following the occurrence of a Distribution Event
with respect to the Participant, or in January of any subsequent year, in
accordance with the Participant's election as to form and time of payout
pursuant to subsection (c) below, which is


                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>

effective as of the date of the Distribution Event or which becomes effective
prior to the first scheduled payment under the election in effect at the time
of Distribution Event. In the event no effective or potentially effective
election exists as of the January following the occurrence of a Distribution
Event, the Participant's entire Supplementary Savings Account shall be
distributed in a single distribution. A Participant's Supplementary Savings
Account will continue to be adjusted as provided in Article 4 until it is
completely distributed. Except as otherwise provided herein, the amount of any
distribution shall be determined based on the value of the Participant's
Supplementary Savings Account as of the end of the month which precedes the
month in which a distribution is to be made hereunder.

     (c) Electing and Changing the Form or Time of Commencement. A Participant
         ------------------------------------------------------
shall make an election with respect to form and time of payout of his or her
Supplementary Savings Account as described in subsection (a) at the time of his
or her initial Deferral Election which shall be immediately effective. While he
or she is actively employed by the Company or one of its subsidiaries, a
Participant may change his or her election in regard to the form and time of
commencement of distributions from his or her Supplementary Savings Account,
provided that such election is made in a form and manner satisfactory to the
Committee. Such a change in election will be effective on the one-year
anniversary of the date it is received by the Plan Administrator; provided that,
in the event a Distribution Event with respect to such Participant occurs prior
to the date an election becomes effective, the election shall not become
effective if the first scheduled payment under the election in effect at the
time of the Distribution Event is due prior to such one-year anniversary.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the initial change in election made by a
Participant during fiscal year 1998 and on or after April 1, 1998, if any, shall
be effective immediately. A change in election, when effective, shall supersede
all prior elections and shall apply to the



                                     - 17-
<PAGE>

Participant's entire Supplementary Savings Account, including all prior and
future amounts credited thereto, until a later election becomes effective.

     (d) Cash Out of Small Accounts. Notwithstanding the above, if the value of
         --------------------------
a Participant's Supplementary Savings Account is $5000 or less as of the last
day of the calendar year in which a Distribution Event occurs with respect to
such Participant, his or her Supplementary Savings Account shall be distributed
in its entirety in the January following the occurrence of such Distribution
Event.


                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>

                                    Article 6

                                 Administration
                                 --------------

     Section 6.1  Plan Administration and Interpretation. The Plan shall be
     -----------  --------------------------------------
administered by the Company's Employee Benefit Plan Committee or such other
committee as is designated by the Board to administer the Savings Plan (referred
to as the "Committee"). The Committee shall have full power and authority to
administer the Plan and interpret the provisions of the Plan in a manner
consistent with the interpretations of similar provisions in the Savings Plan as
the context reasonably permits. The Committee's powers shall include, by way of
illustration and not limitation, the discretionary authority and power to
construe and interpret the Plan provisions, decide all questions of eligibility
for benefits, and determine the amount, time, and manner of payments of any
benefits and to authorize the payment of benefits hereunder, to the extent such
powers have not been given to the Plan Administrator pursuant to Section 6.2
below or otherwise. The Committee may delegate, or appoint one or more
individuals or committees to assist it in carrying out, its duties and
responsibilities under the Plan and may adopt rules and regulations for the
administration of the Plan and alter, amend, or revoke any rules or regulations
so adopted. The decisions of the Committee or its delegates shall be final and
binding on the Company, the Employers, the Employees, Participants, and
Beneficiaries.

     Section 6.2  Claim and Appeal Procedure.
     -----------  --------------------------

     (a) Claim Procedure. In the event of a claim by a Participant or a
         ---------------
Participant's Beneficiary for or in respect of any benefit under the Plan or the
method of payment thereof, such Participant or Beneficiary shall present the
reason for his claim


                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>

in writing to the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall, within
ninety (90) days after the receipt of such written claim, send written
notification to the Participant or Beneficiary as to its disposition, unless
special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim.
If such an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the
extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the termination of the
initial ninety (90) day period. In no event, however, shall such extension
exceed a period of ninety (90) days from the end of such initial period.
The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring
an extension of time and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to
render the final decision.

         In the event the claim is wholly or partially denied, the Plan
Administrator's written notification shall state the specific reason or reasons
for the denial, include specific references to pertinent Plan provisions on
which the denial is based, provide an explanation of any additional material or
information necessary for the Participant or Beneficiary to perfect the claim
and a statement of why such material or information is necessary, and set forth
the procedure by which the Participant or Beneficiary may appeal the denial of
the claim. If the claim has not been granted and notice is not furnished within
the time period specified in the preceding paragraph, the claim shall be deemed
denied for the purpose of proceeding to appeal in accordance with subsection (b)
below.

     (b) Appeal Procedure. In the event a Participant or Beneficiary wishes to
         ----------------
appeal the denial of his claim, he may request a review of such denial by making
written application to the Committee within sixty (60) days after receipt of the
written notice of denial (or the date on which such claim is deemed denied if
written notice is not received within the applicable time period specified in
subsection (a) above). Such Participant or Beneficiary (or his duly authorized
representative) may, upon written


                                     - 20 -
<PAGE>

request to the Committee, review documents which are pertinent to such claim,
and submit in writing issues and comments in support of his position. Within
sixty (60) days after receipt of the written appeal (unless an extension of time
is necessary due to special circumstances or is agreed to by the parties, but in
no event more than one hundred and twenty (120) days after such receipt), the
Committee shall notify the Participant or Beneficiary of its final decision. If
an extension of time for review is required because of special circumstances,
written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the
commencement of the extension. The final decision shall be in writing and shall
include: (i) specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated
to be understood by the claimant, and (ii) specific references to the pertinent
Plan provisions on which the decision is based.



                                     - 21 -
<PAGE>

                                    Article 7

                                     Funding
                                     -------

     Section 7.1  Benefits Unfunded. The Plan shall be unfunded. Neither the
     -----------  -----------------
Company, an Employer, the Board, nor the Committee shall be required by the
terms of the Plan to segregate any assets in connection with the Plan. Neither
the Company, an Employer, the Board, nor the Committee shall be deemed to be a
trustee of any amounts to be paid under the Plan. Any liability to any person
with respect to benefits payable under the Plan shall be only a claim against
the general assets of the Company or the Employer, whichever maintains the
Participant's Supplementary Savings Account. No such liability shall be deemed
to be secured by any pledge or any other encumbrance on any specific property of
the Company or an Employer.

     Section 7.2  Non-qualified Plan. The Plan will not be qualified under the
     -----------  ------------------
Code, and the Company and the Employers shall not be required to qualify the
Plan.

     Section 7.3 ERISA. The Plan is intended to constitute an unfunded plan
     ----------- -----
maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a
select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Company and
the other Employers which qualifies for the exclusions from Title I of ERISA
provided for in Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), and 401(a)(1) of ERISA. In the event
that any regulatory or other body or court should determine that the Plan does
not qualify for any such exclusion, then the Company may retroactively revise
the eligibility criteria under the Plan so that it may qualify for the exclusion
or take such other action it deems appropriate, and the Company and the
Employers shall have no liability to those individuals who had been eligible for
benefits under the Plan prior to such revision or



                                     - 22 -
<PAGE>

action in excess of any amount credited to the individual's Supplementary
Savings Account as of the effective date of any such action.



                                     - 23 -
<PAGE>

                                    Article 8

                            Amendment and Termination
                            -------------------------

     Section 8.1  Amendment and Termination. While the Company intends to
     -----------  -------------------------
maintain the Plan, the Company specifically reserves the right in the sole and
unfettered discretion of the Board (or the Committee consistent with the
Committee's authority therefor under the Savings Plan or delegations from the
Board), at any time, to amend in whole or part any or all of the provisions of
the Plan and to suspend and/or terminate the Plan for whatever reason it may
deem appropriate; provided, however, that no such amendment, suspension, or
termination shall reduce the benefits payable to or accrued by a Participant as
of the date of such amendment, suspension, or termination, or eliminate the
requirement to credit interest or Dividend Equivalents on the Participant's Cash
Savings Account or Company Stock Account, respectively, except as provided in
Section 7.3. If the Plan is terminated, all Deferral Elections shall terminate
automatically and all benefits previously accrued shall be payable at such times
as otherwise provided herein.


                                     - 24 -
<PAGE>




                                    Article 9

                               General Provisions
                               ------------------

     Section 9.1  Non-alienation of Benefits. Except as may be required by law,
     -----------  --------------------------
no benefit payable under the Plan is subject in any manner to anticipation,
alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, garnishment, pledge, encumbrance, or
charge whether voluntary or involuntary, including in respect of liability of a
Participant or Beneficiary for alimony or other payments for the support of a
spouse, former spouse, child, or other dependent, prior to actually being
received by the Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan, and any attempt to
anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, garnish, pledge, encumber, or
charge the same shall be void. No such benefits will in any manner be liable for
or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of any
Participant or Beneficiary. If any Participant or Beneficiary is adjudicated
bankrupt or attempts or purports to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer,
assign, garnish, pledge, encumber, or charge any benefit or payment under the
Plan voluntarily or involuntarily, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall
have the authority to cause the same or any part thereof then payable to be held
or applied to or for the benefit of such Participant, Beneficiary, spouse,
children, or other dependents, or any of them, in such manner and in such
proportion as the Committee shall determine.

     Section 9.2  Contractual Obligations. Notwithstanding Section 7.1 hereof,
     -----------  -----------------------
the Company and each Employer hereby makes a contractual commitment to pay the
benefits theretofore accrued in respect of each Participant who is an Employee
or former Employee of the Company or such Employer, respectively, under the Plan
at such times as such benefits are payable under the terms of the Plan. However,
neither the Company nor any Employer nor the Plan gives the Participant or any
Beneficiary



                                     - 25 -
<PAGE>

any beneficial ownership interest in any assets of the Company or any Employer.
A Participant's rights under the Plan are limited to the right to receive a
distribution of the value of his Supplementary Savings Account in accordance
with Article 5, which right is that of an unsecured general creditor of the
Company or the Employer, as applicable.

     Section 9.3  No Employment Rights. Nothing contained in the Plan shall be
     -----------  --------------------
construed as a contract of employment between the Company or an Employer and any
Employee, or as a guarantee or right of any Employee to future or continued
employment with the Company or an Employer, or as a limitation on the right of
the Company or an Employer to discharge any of its Employees with or without
cause. Specifically, designation as an Employee does not create any rights, and
no rights are created under the Plan, with respect to continued or future
employment or conditions of employment.

     Section 9.4  Minor or Incompetent. If the Committee determines that any
     -----------  --------------------
Participant or Beneficiary entitled to payments under the Plan is a minor or
incompetent by reason of physical or mental disability, it may, in its sole
discretion, cause all payments thereafter becoming due to such person to be made
to any other person for his benefit, without responsibility to follow
application of amounts so paid. Payments made pursuant to this provision shall
completely discharge the Company, the Employers, the Plan, the Board, and the
Committee from all further obligation with respect to benefits under the Plan.

     Section 9.5  Unclaimed Amounts. If any distribution to be made hereunder
     -----------  -----------------
remains unclaimed for a period of two (2) years, no further interest shall
accrue to or for the account of a Participant or Beneficiary on the amount of
such distribution.



                                     - 26 -
<PAGE>

     Section 9.6  Payee Unknown. If the Committee has any doubt as to the proper
     -----------  -------------
Beneficiary to receive payments hereunder, the Committee shall have the right to
withhold such payments until the matter is finally adjudicated. However, any
payment made in good faith shall fully discharge the Committee, the Company, the
Employers, and the Board from all further obligations with respect to that
payment.

     Section 9.7  Illegal or Invalid Provision. In case any provision of the
     -----------  ----------------------------
Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegal or invalid
provision shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, but the Plan shall
be construed and enforced without regard to such illegal or invalid provision.

     Section 9.8  Governing Law and Headings. The provisions of the Plan shall
     -----------  --------------------------
be construed, administered, and governed in accordance with the laws of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, including its statute of limitations provisions,
to the extent such laws are not preempted by ERISA or other applicable Federal
law. Titles of Articles and Sections of the Plan are for convenience of
reference only and are not to be taken into account when construing and
interpreting the provisions of the Plan.

     Section 9.9  Liability Limitation. No liability shall attach to or be
     -----------  --------------------
incurred by any member of the Committee or any other officer or director of the
Company or an Employer under or by reason of the terms, conditions, and
provisions contained in the Plan, or for the acts or decisions taken or made
thereunder or in connection therewith; and as a condition precedent to the
receipt of benefits hereunder, such liability, if any, is expressly waived and
released by the Participant and by any and all persons claiming under or through
the Participant or any other person. Such waiver and release shall be
conclusively evidenced by any act of participation in or the acceptance of
benefits under the Plan.



                                     - 27 -
<PAGE>

     Section 9.10  Notices. Any notice to the Committee, the Company, or an
     ------------  -------
Employer which shall be or may be given under the Plan shall be in writing and
shall be sent by registered or certified mail to the Plan Administrator. Notice
to a Participant shall be sent to the address shown on the Company's or the
Employer's records. Any party may, from time to time, change the address to
which notices shall be mailed by giving written notice of such new address.

     Section 9.11  Entire Agreement. Except as may be provided in an individual
     ------------  ----------------
severance agreement between the Company or other Employer and a Participant,
this Plan document shall constitute the entire agreement between the Company or
other Employer and the Participant with respect to the benefits promised
hereunder and no other agreements, representations, oral or otherwise, express
or implied, with respect to such benefits shall be binding on the Company or
other Employer.

     Section 9.12 Binding Effect. All obligations for amounts not yet paid under
     ------------ --------------
the Plan shall survive any merger, consolidation, or sale of substantially all
of the Company's or an Employer's assets to any entity, and be the liability of
the successor to the merger or consolidation or purchaser of assets.



                                     - 28 -

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>6
<FILENAME>exhibit10-21.txt
<DESCRIPTION>.21 STOCK INCENTIVE PROGRAM
<TEXT>
                                                                   Exhibit 10.21

                                                                 October 1, 1996

                        AIR PRODUCTS AND CHEMICALS, INC.
                             STOCK INCENTIVE PROGRAM

 1.  Purposes of the Program

     The purposes of this Program are to recognize and reward outstanding
performance of, and/or to build loyalty and incent the continued service of,
certain employees of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. (the "Company") and
Participating Subsidiaries who have high potential for assuming greater levels
of responsibility and/or who have demonstrated their critical importance to the
operation of their organizational unit.

 2.  Administration of the Program

     The Program shall be administered by the Vice President - Human Resources
of the Company (the "Administrator").

     The Administrator shall have all necessary powers to administer and
interpret the Program, such powers to include exclusive authority (within the
limitations described in the Program) to select the employees to whom Stock
Awards will be awarded under the Program, to determine the type and number of
Stock Awards to be awarded to each Participant selected and to determine when
awards will be made. In order to assist in selecting employees and determining
the type, size and timing of awards to be given to each employee selected, the
Administrator may take into consideration recommendations from the appropriate
officers of the Company and of each Participating Subsidiary.

     The Administrator shall have full power and authority to adopt such rules,
regulations, agreements and instruments for the administration of the Program
and for the conduct of Program business as the Administrator deems necessary or
advisable. The Administrator's interpretations of the Program, and all action
taken and determinations made by the Administrator pursuant to the powers vested
in it hereunder, shall be conclusive and binding on all parties concerned,
including the Company, its shareholders and any employee of the Company or any
Subsidiary.

3.   Grant and Form of Awards

     Awards may be granted from time to time under the Program to such eligible
full-time employees as the Administrator shall select. Awards shall be granted
in the form of deferred stock units ("Deferred Stock Units"), or such other form
of award as the Administrator shall from time to time approve which involves
Company common stock ("Common Stock"), or any other equity security that relates
to or derives its value in reference to Common Stock (collectively, "Stock
Awards").

     Deferred Stock Units shall be evidenced by a Deferred Stock Units
agreement, which shall contain in substance the following terms and conditions:


                                       1
<PAGE>
     (a) Number, Value and Manner of payment of Deferred Stock Units. The
agreement shall specify the number of Deferred Stock Units to which it pertains,
each of which shall be equivalent in value to one share of Common Stock. Each
Deferred Stock Unit shall entitle the Participant to receive from the Company at
the end of the Deferral Period applicable to such Unit, without payment of cash
or other consideration to the Company but in consideration of services performed
for or for the benefit of the Company or a Participating Subsidiary by such
Participant, the value at such time of each Unit. Payment of the value of such
awards may be made in shares of Common Stock, cash or both as determined by the
Administrator from time to time. If paid in Common Stock, the Participant shall
receive a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of matured or
earned Deferred Stock Units, and if paid in cash, the Participant shall receive
for each matured Deferred Stock Unit an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of
a share of Common Stock on the last day of the applicable Deferral Period
(except as otherwise provided in Section 9). Upon payment in respect of a
Deferred Stock Unit, such Unit shall be cancelled.

     (b) Deferral Period. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6, payments in
respect of Deferred Stock Units shall be made only at the end of the Deferral
Period applicable to such Units, the duration of which Deferral Period shall be
fixed by the Administrator at the time of grant of such Deferred Stock Units
(the "Deferral Period"). Deferral Periods shall be no less than two years.

4.   Awards Under the Program

     The number of shares of Common Stock available for awards under the Program
shall be the number appropriate for accomplishing the purposes of the Program as
determined by the Chairman of the Board of Directors (the "Chairman") from time
to time.

5.   Eligibility for Participation

     Participants in the Program shall be selected by the Administrator from
full-time employees of the Company and Participating Subsidiaries in positions
at salary grades no higher than 117 (or equivalent) who have high potential for
assuming greater levels of responsibility or who have demonstrated their
critical importance to the operation of their organizational unit. The term
"employee" shall mean any person employed by the Company or a Participating
Subsidiary on a salaried basis. Employees who participate in other incentive or
benefit plans of the Company or any Participating Subsidiary may also
participate in this Program.

6.   Restrictions

     Deferred Stock Units shall be subject to the following conditions and
restrictions:

     (a) If during a Deferral Period a Participant's full-time employment with
the Company or a Subsidiary is terminated for any reason other than Retirement,
Disability or death, such Participant shall forfeit his or her Deferred Stock
Units which would have matured or been earned at the end of such Deferral
Period, unless the Administrator determines in his discretion

                                       2
<PAGE>

that such Deferred Stock Units should be paid at the end of such Deferral Period
or, notwithstanding any other provision of the Program, on some accelerated
basis.

     (b) Unless otherwise specified by the Administrator in the applicable
Deferred Stock Units agreement, a Participant whose full-time employment with
the Company or a Subsidiary terminates during a Deferral Period due to
Retirement or Disability or, in the case of his or her death before or after
Retirement or Disability, such Participant's Designated Beneficiary or, if none,
his or her legal representative, shall receive payment in respect of such
Participant's Deferred Stock Units which would have matured or been earned at
the end of such Deferral Period, at such time and in such manner as if the
Participant were still employed (and living) at the end of the Deferral Period
or, notwithstanding any other provision of the Program, on such accelerated
basis as the Administrator may determine.

7.   Dividends

     No cash dividends or equivalent amounts shall be paid on outstanding
Deferred Stock Units. However, when payment of the value of an award is made to
the Participant, the Company shall pay to the Participant an additional amount
in cash which shall be equal to the cash dividends, if any ("Dividend
Equivalent") which would have been paid during the period since the award was
granted with respect to issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock equal in
number to the number of Deferred Stock Units being paid. No Dividend Equivalents
will be paid on awards which were forfeited. No interest shall be paid on any
such Dividend Equivalent or any part thereof.

8.   Dilution and Other Adjustments

     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Program, in the event of any
change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company by reason of any
stock dividend, split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or
exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, including without
limitation in connection with a Change in Control, an equitable adjustment shall
be made, as determined by the Chairman in (a) the maximum number, kind or value
of Deferred Stock Units or shares subject to the Program or which may be awarded
or issued to any one employee, (b) any other aspect or aspects of the Program or
outstanding Stock Awards granted thereunder as specified by the Chairman or
(c) any combination of the foregoing. Such adjustment shall be made by the
Chairman and shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of the Program.

9.   Change in Control

     Following or in connection with a Change in Control the Administrator may,
in his sole discretion, determine to pay in full any or all outstanding Deferred
Stock Units together with any Dividend Equivalents for the period for which such
Units have been outstanding, notwithstanding that the Deferral Periods as to
such Deferred Stock Units have not been completed. Such payment may be in cash
or in Common Stock, or a combination thereof, as determined by the
Administrator, and shall be due and payable to Participants no later than thirty
days following the Administrator's determination to pay said Deferred Stock
Units under this


                                       3
<PAGE>

Section 9 or at such earlier date as the Administrator shall determine, but in
no event earlier than the occurrence of a Change in Control. If paid in cash,
each Participant shall receive payment of an amount in respect of each Deferred
Stock Unit equal to the greater of (i) the highest tender or exchange offer
price paid or to be paid for Common Stock pursuant to the offer associated with
the Change in Control (such price to be determined by the Administrator from
such source or sources of information as the Administrator shall determine
including, without limitation, the Schedule 13D or an amendment thereto filed by
the offeror pursuant to Rule 13d-l under the Act) or the price paid or to be
paid for Common Stock under an agreement associated with the Change in Control,
as the case may be, and (ii) the highest Fair Market Value of a share of Common
Stock on any day during the sixty-day period immediately preceding the Change in
Control. For purposes of determining the price paid or to be paid for Common
Stock under clause (i) of the preceding sentence, consideration other than cash
forming part or all of the consideration for Common Stock paid or to be paid
pursuant to the exchange offer or agreement associated with the Change in
Control shall be valued at the higher of the valuation placed thereon by the
Board of Directors or by the person making the offer or entering into the
agreement with the Company.

10.  Miscellaneous Provisions

     (a) No recipient of a Stock Award shall have any rights as a Company
shareholder with respect thereto unless and until the date as of which
certificates for shares of Common Stock are issued in payment of such Stock
Award.

     (b) A Participant's rights and interests under the Program or in any Stock
Award may not be assigned or transferred except, in the case of the
Participant's death, to his or her Designated Beneficiary or, in the absence of
such designation, by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

     (c) All Stock Awards granted under the Program shall be evidenced by
agreements in such form and containing such terms and conditions (not
inconsistent with the Program and applicable law) in addition to those provided
for herein as the Administrator shall approve.

     (d) No shares of Common Stock shall be issued or distributed in payment of
awards under the Program unless and until all legal requirements applicable to
the issuance or transfer of such shares have been complied with to the
satisfaction of the Administrator and the Company.

     (e) The Company shall have the right to deduct from awards hereunder paid
in cash any federal, state, local or foreign taxes required by law to be
withheld with respect to such cash awards. In the case of awards to be paid by
the distribution of Common Stock, the Company shall have the right to require,
as a condition of such distribution, that the Participant or other person
receiving such Common Stock either (i) pay to the Company at the time of
distribution thereof the amount of any such taxes which the Company is required
to withhold with respect to such Common Stock or (ii) make such other
arrangements as the Administrator may authorize from time to time to provide for
such withholding including without limitation having the number of units of the
award reduced or the number of shares of Common Stock to be distributed reduced
by an amount equal in value to the amount of such taxes required to be withheld.
The


                                       4
<PAGE>

obligation of the Company to make payment of awards in cash or in Common Stock
shall be subject to currency or other restrictions imposed by any government.

     (f) No employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or other person shall have
any claim or right to be granted an award under this Program. Neither this
Program nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any employee
any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or a Subsidiary, it being
understood that all Company and Subsidiary employees who have or may receive
awards under this Program are employed at the will of the Company or such
Subsidiary and in accord with all statutory provisions.

     (g) Distribution of shares of Common Stock in payment of awards under this
Program may be made either from shares of authorized but unissued Common Stock
reserved for such purpose by the Company's Board of Directors as approved by the
Chairman pursuant to the authority delegated to the him by resolution of the
Board of Directors dated September 21, 1995, or from shares of authorized and
issued Common Stock reacquired by the Company and held in its treasury.

     (h) The costs and expenses of administering this Program shall be borne by
the Company and not charged to any award nor to any employee or Participant
receiving an award. However, the Company may charge the cost of any awards made
to employees of Participating Subsidiaries, including administrative costs and
expenses related thereto, to the respective Participating Subsidiaries by which
such persons are employed.

     (i) This Program shall be unfunded. The Company shall not be required to
establish any special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of
assets to assure the payment of any award under this Program and payment of
awards shall be subordinate to the claims of the Company's general creditors.

     (j) In addition to terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms as
used in this Program shall have the following meanings:

         "Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as
amended from time to time.

         "Change in Control" shall mean the first to occur of any one
of the events described below:

         (i)   Stock Acquisition. Any "person" (as such term is used in
Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Act), other than the Company or a
corporation, a majority of whose outstanding stock entitled to vote is owned,
directly or indirectly, by the Company, or a trustee of an employee benefit
Program sponsored solely by the Company and/or such a corporation, is or
becomes, other than by purchase from the Company or such a corporation, the
"beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act),
directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of
the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding voting securities.
Such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred on the first to occur
of the date securities are first purchased by a tender or exchange offeror, the
date on


                                       5
<PAGE>

which the Company first learns of acquisition of 20% or more of such securities,
or the later of the effective date of an agreement for the merger, consolidation
or other reorganization of the Company or the date of approval thereof by a
majority of the Company's shareholders, as the case may be.

         (ii)  Change in Board. During any period of two consecutive
years, individuals who at the beginning of such period were members of the Board
of Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board
of Directors, unless the election or nomination for election by the Company's
shareholders of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds
of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the
period. Such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred on the date
upon which the requisite majority of directors fails to be elected by the
shareholders of the Company.

         (iii) Other Events. Any other event or series of events which,
notwithstanding any other provisions of this definition, is determined by a
majority of the outside members of the Board of Directors of the Company serving
in office at the time such event or events occur, to constitute a change in
control of the Company for purposes of this Program. Such a Change in Control
shall be deemed to have occurred on the date of such determination or on such
other date as such majority of outside members of the Board shall specify.

         "Designated Beneficiary" shall mean the person or persons last
designated as such by the Participant on a form filed by him or her with the
Company in accordance with such procedures as the Administrator shall approve,
provided, however, that in the absence of the filing of such a form with the
Company the Designated Beneficiary shall be the person or persons who are the
Participant's beneficiary or beneficiaries of the Company's basic life
insurance.

         "Disability" shall mean permanent and total disability of an employee
participating in the Program as determined by the Administrator in accordance
with uniform principles consistently applied, upon the basis of such evidence as
the Administrator deems necessary and desirable.

         "Fair Market Value" of a share of Common Stock of the Company on any
date set forth herein (or, if such date is not expressly set forth herein, on
such date or dates as may be determined by the Administrator, but not earlier
than five trading days prior to the date for which the determination is being
made,) shall mean an amount equal to the mean of the high and low sales prices
on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported on the composite transaction tape,
or on such other exchange as the Administrator may determine.

         "Fiscal Year" shall mean the twelve-month period used as the annual
accounting period by the Company and shall be designated according to the
calendar year in which such period ends.

         "Participant" shall mean, as to any award granted under this Program
and for so long as such award is outstanding, the employee to whom such award
has been granted.



                                       6
<PAGE>

         "Participating Subsidiary" shall mean any Subsidiary designated by the
Administrator to participate in this Program which Subsidiary requests or
accepts, by action of its board of directors or other appropriate authority,
such designation.

         "Retirement" shall mean separating from service with the Company or a
Subsidiary with the right to begin receiving immediate monthly pension benefits
under the Company's Pension Plan for Salaried Employees or under another defined
benefit pension plan sponsored or otherwise maintained by a Subsidiary for its
employees, in either case as then in effect, or, in the absence of the Pension
Plan or such other pension plan being applicable to any Participant, as
determined by the Administrator in his sole discretion.

         "Subsidiary" shall mean any domestic or foreign corporation,
partnership, association, joint stock company, trust or unincorporated
organization affiliated with the Company whether or not controlling, controlled
by or under common control with the Company.

11.  Effective Date, Amendments and Termination

     This Program (formerly known as the 1990 Deferred Stock Plan), as
amended and restated herein, is effective for the Fiscal Year commencing on
October 1, 1996 for awards to be made for or during Fiscal Year 1997 and later
fiscal years, to continue in effect indefinitely until terminated, amended or
suspended. The Administrator may at any time terminate or from time to time
amend or suspend this Program in whole or in part; provided, however, that no
such amendment shall, without the consent of the Participant to whom an award
has already been granted hereunder, operate to annul such award.



                                       7

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>7
<FILENAME>exhibit10-22.txt
<DESCRIPTION>.22 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION AWARD
<TEXT>
                                                                   Exhibit 10.22
                              TERMS AND CONDITIONS

                                  AIR PRODUCTS'
                           EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION AWARD
                                    ("AWARD")


These Terms and Conditions govern the stock options awarded to Air Products
employees as of 1 October 1999 ("Options"). Additional capitalized words are
defined in Section 4.


                                   1. Options

     1.1  Grants. Each Eligible Employee is granted an Option to purchase 100
shares of Common Stock from the Company.

     1.2  Grant Date. The date of grant of the Option is 1 October 1999.

     1.3  Option Price. Shares of Common Stock can be purchased under an Option
at the price of US $??.?? per share.

     1.4  Option Term. Each Option that has not been Exercised or terminated
shall expire at midnight Eastern Standard Time on 1 October 2009.

     1.5  Exercisability. Except as provided below, Options may be Exercised
beginning on 1 October 2002 until the expiration of the Option term.

     1.6  Method of Exercise. The Company will employ an outside service firm to
handle all Option administration. That firm will provide employees with specific
instructions on how to exercise their Options and with a description of the
various


                                       1
<PAGE>

forms of exercise permitted. This information will be provided in a separate
communication prior to the date, 1 October 2002, that the Options become
exercisable.

     1.7  Options Non-Transferable. No Option may be sold, assigned, pledged or
otherwise transferred by an Eligible Employee during his or her lifetime. During
an Eligible Employee's lifetime, only the Eligible Employee, or, in the case of
incompetency, his or her guardian or legal representative, may exercise his or
her Option.

     1.8  Death or Retirement. If an Eligible Employee's employment by the
Company or an Affiliated Organization terminates due to his or her death or
Retirement, his or her Option, if unexercised, will not be terminated and may be
Exercised for the remainder of the Option term, but no sooner than 1 October
2002, by the former Employee or, in the event of death, his or her Beneficiary.

     1.9  Other Terminations.

          (a) Involuntary Termination. If an Eligible Employee's employment by
     the Company and all Affiliated Organizations is involuntarily terminated
     due to Company action necessitated by business conditions, including, but
     not limited to, job eliminations, workforce reductions, divestitures, sale
     by the Company of an Affiliated Organization and plant closings, the former
     Employee's Option, if unexercised, will not be terminated immediately. The
     Option may be Exercised after his or her termination during the six months
     following 1 October 2002 or the former Employee's last day of employment,
     whichever is later.



                                       2
<PAGE>

     If an Eligible Employee's employment by the Employer is involuntarily
     terminated for any reason other than Company action described above,
     his or her Option will be terminated as of [the close of business on]
     his or her last day of employment.

          (b) Voluntary Terminations. If an Eligible Employee's employment by
     the Employer and all Affiliated Organizations is terminated voluntarily by
     the Employee for any reason except Retirement, his or her Option shall be
     terminated as of [the close of business on] his or her last day of
     employment.

          (c) Determination of Cause for Termination. The Vice President - Human
     Resources shall determine, in his or her sole discretion, the reason for
     termination of an Eligible Employee's employment.

     1.10 Long-Term Disability. If an Eligible Employee's employment with the
Company and all Affiliated Organizations becomes inactive due to his or her
Long-Term Disability, his or her Option, if unexercised, shall not be terminated
and may be Exercised for the remainder of the Option term, but no sooner than 1
October 2002; provided, however, that such a disabled Employee's Option shall be
terminated upon cessation of the Long-Term Disability, unless he or she returns
to active employment as an Employee with the Company or an Affiliated
Organization, or is involuntarily terminated.

     1.11 Leaves of Absence; SEP Program. If an Eligible Employee's employment
status becomes classified as inactive due to a leave of absence or changes to
Supplemental Employee Program (SEP), his or her Option, if



                                       3
<PAGE>

unexercised, may not be Exercised until such time as he or she returns to active
employment as an Employee, and in no event earlier than 1 October 2002 nor later
than 1 October 2009.

     1.12 Lay Offs. If an Eligible Employee is laid off, his or her Option, if
unexercised, may not be Exercised until such time as he or she returns to active
employment as an Employee, and in no event earlier than 1 October 2002 nor later
than 1 October 2009.

     1.13 In the event that an Eligible Employee with an outstanding Option
dies, retires, or develops a permanent and total disability while their ability
to Exercise is suspended because their employment classification is Layoff,
Leave of Absence, or Supplemental Employment Program (SEP), then that individual
or their Beneficiary will be permitted a time period to Exercise their Option
not to exceed six (6) months from the later of their death, development of the
disability or Retirement and October 1, 2002, and extending not later than 1
October 2009.

     1.14 Foreign Residents. The Vice President - Human Resources shall have
authority to determine, adjust and modify the terms and conditions of Options
for Eligible Employees working outside the United States to fulfill the purposes
of the Award. Without limiting the foregoing, the Vice President - Human
Resources may make deviations from or additions to these Terms and Conditions if
necessary or advisable to comply with, or obtain favorable treatment for
Participants or the Employer under laws in other countries in which the Employer
operates or has employees, including, without limitation, granting other
incentive awards in lieu of Options. All references in these Terms and
Conditions to Options and Exercise shall also refer, respectively, to any such
other incentive awards and to delivery or


                                       4
<PAGE>

payment of any such other incentive awards unless the context clearly requires
otherwise. Nothing contained herein shall require the Award to be adjusted or
administered in a manner qualifying it for preferential tax treatment in any
jurisdiction.


                         2. Decisions and Administration

     2.1  General. The Award is administered by the Vice President - Human
Resources. All authority, powers and duties of the Company, whether specifically
set forth in these Terms and Conditions or otherwise necessary to carry out the
Award, are assigned to the Vice President - Human Resources or his or her
delegate.

     2.2  Decisions and Interpretation. The Vice President - Human Resources has
the right and discretionary authority to decide all questions of eligibility for
Options or right to exercise Options, and to construe and interpret these Terms
and Conditions and all other aspects of the Award. The Vice President - Human
Resources may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any
inconsistency in these Terms and Conditions or in any other writing pertaining
to the Award in the manner and to the extent he or she shall deem necessary to
carry the Award into effect. Interpretations and decisions made by the Vice
President - Human Resources under the Award including, without limitation,
determination of eligibility, and determination of the terms and conditions of,
and amounts payable with respect to, Options need not be applied in a uniform
manner to all Participants similarly situated.



                                       5
<PAGE>

     2.3  Procedures. As administrator of the Award, the Vice President - Human
Resources shall have the authority to adopt, alter and repeal any administrative
rules, guidelines and practices governing the Award that he or she deems
advisable. Such procedures may or may not be evidenced in writing.

     2.4  Decisions Final. Any decision, interpretation, or other action made or
taken in good faith by the Vice President - Human Resources arising out of or in
connection with the Award shall be final, binding and conclusive on the
Employer, the Participants and all employees of the Employer and their
respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.


                              3. General Provisions

     3.1 Amendment. The Vice President - Human Resources may amend the terms
and conditions of any Option, prospectively or retroactively, but no such
amendment or other action by the Company shall impair the rights of any
Participant without the Participant's consent, except as required to comply
with, or obtain approval, qualification, or exemption under, any applicable tax
or other laws.

     3.2  No Funding. The Award is unfunded. The Company shall not be required
to establish any special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of
assets to assure the payment of Options. With respect to any payments or
delivery of shares not yet made to a Participant by the Company, nothing
contained herein shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater
than those of a general creditor of the Company.



                                       6
<PAGE>

     3.3  Conditions to Issuance or Delivery of Common Stock. All shares of
Common Stock delivered under the Award shall be subject to such restrictions on
sale by the Participant as the Company may deem advisable under the rules,
regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission,
any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is then listed, any applicable
federal or state securities law, any applicable corporate law, and any
applicable foreign law, and the Company may cause a legend or legends to be put
on Common Stock certificates delivered under the Award to make appropriate
reference to such restrictions. Further, if, at any time, counsel to the
Employer shall be of the opinion that any sale or delivery by the Company of
shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Option under the circumstances is, or may
be, unlawful, not in compliance with any applicable regulation, rule or order,
or that such sale or delivery will or may result in the imposition of excise
taxes or penalties under the statutes, rules or regulations of any applicable
jurisdiction, the Company shall have no obligation to make such sale or
delivery, and the right to exercise any Option shall be suspended until, in the
opinion of said counsel, such sale or delivery shall be lawful, in compliance
with such applicable regulations, rules or orders and free of such excise taxes
or penalties. The Company may limit the number of shares that can be purchased
upon Exercise of an Option to limit the volume of trading in Common Stock if
counsel to the Company is of the opinion that such limitation is required or
advisable under the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities
and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is then
listed, any applicable federal or state securities law, any applicable corporate
law, and any applicable foreign law.

     3.4  No Additional Rights. Neither the Award nor the grant of any Option
hereunder shall give any Participant or other person any right except rights to



                                       7
<PAGE>

purchase Common Stock under these Terms and Conditions or, where applicable,
rights to another incentive award which may be made in lieu of an Option under
these Terms and Conditions or other applicable terms and conditions. The grant
of an Option to an Eligible Employee shall not be deemed to create any right of
such Employee or any other employee to receive additional awards in the future.
Further, no rights are created with respect to the terms of employment by, or
continuance of employment by, or length of employment with, the Employer or any
Affiliated Organization; nor shall there be a limitation in any way, except as
provided by applicable law, on the right of the Employer or any Affiliated
Organization by which an employee is employed to terminate his or her employment
at any time.

     3.5  Withholding of Taxes. The Employer shall have the right to deduct from
all cash or property deliverable to a Participant under the Award any taxes,
levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings required by law to be
withheld with respect to the delivery of such cash or property. The Employer
reserves the right to deduct from wages paid by it to a Participant any amount
necessary to pay all or any portion of the withholding taxes required to be
withheld incidental to the Exercise of an Option or delivery of any other
incentive award made in lieu of an Option. Subject to any terms and conditions
which the Vice President - Human Resources may impose, any withholding
obligation may be satisfied by reducing the number of shares of Common Stock
otherwise deliverable upon Exercise of an Option.

     3.6  No Effect on Other Benefits. No Option grant or Exercise shall be
deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits, or otherwise affect any
benefits, under any employee benefit plan or program of the Employer or any



                                       8
<PAGE>

Affiliated Organization now or subsequently in effect, including, but not
limited to, retirement and life insurance plans or programs. Except as otherwise
required by governing law, no Option grant or Exercise shall be deemed wages for
purposes of legally imposed benefits or emoluments including, but not limited
to, mandatory profit sharing, housing allowances, severance pay and vacation or
thirteenth month pay.

     3.7  Costs. Commissions, charges, taxes or other amounts, of any kind or
nature, incurred by a Participant in receiving or Exercising an Option, selling
shares under an Option, obtaining share certificates, or otherwise in connection
with the Award are the sole responsibility of the Participant.

     3.8  Misconduct. In the event the Vice President - Human Resources
determines that a Participant has at any time (a) used for personal gain or
disclosed to unauthorized persons any confidential or proprietary information or
trade secrets of the Employer or Affiliated Organizations, or (b) breached any
agreement with, or violated any fiduciary obligation owed to, the Employer or
any Affiliated Organization, all outstanding Options held by such Participant
shall be terminated as of the date of such determination.

     3.9  Non-Stockholder. A Participant shall not be deemed, for any purpose,
to be or have rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to shares of
Common Stock subject to the Options until the date as of which such shares of
Common Stock are actually issued in the name of the Participant. No adjustments
shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights for which the
record date is prior to the date as of which a Participant becomes a
stockholder.



                                       9
<PAGE>

     3.10 Governing Law. These Terms and Conditions, the Award and actions taken
in connection therewith shall be governed and construed in accordance with the
laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

     3.11 Captions. The captions to the several sections of these Terms and
Conditions are not a part of the Award or intended to have any legal
significance in the interpretation thereof, but are merely guides or labels to
assist in locating the several sections hereof.

     3.12 Dilution and Other Adjustments. Notwithstanding any other provision of
these Terms and Conditions to the contrary, in the event of any change in the
outstanding shares of Common Stock by reason of any stock dividend or split,
recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares or
other similar corporate change, an equitable adjustment shall be made in the
number and/or kind of shares and/or purchase price per share subject to
outstanding Options, to the extent such an adjustment is needed, as determined
by the Vice President - Human Resources, to preserve, without increase or
decrease, the value of such Options.


                                 4. Definitions

For purposes of these Terms and Conditions, the following words have the
following meanings:

     4.1  "Affiliated Organization" means any subsidiary, partnership or other
entity in which the Company holds, directly or indirectly, a fifty percent (50%)
or greater ownership interest.



                                       10
<PAGE>

     4.2  "Beneficiary" means the person or persons who are named as the
Beneficiary or Beneficiaries of the Participant's Employer provided basic life
insurance, if any. If there is no Beneficiary for such life insurance or no life
insurance is provided to the Participant by an Employer or an Affiliated
Company, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant's estate or other legal
representative.

     4.3  "Common Stock" means the common stock, US $1.00 par value, of the
Company.

     4.4  "Company" means Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.

     4.5  "Eligible Employee" means an Employee who was employed in an active
classification on 1 October 1999, at salary grade level 117 or below, (or, in
the case of a Participating Subsidiary, an equivalent compensation level ).

     4.6  "Employee" means a full or part-time regular employee of the Company
or a Participating Subsidiary and shall not include any employee working under
the Supplemental Employment Program, the Cooperative Education / Summer Intern
Program or any other temporary classification, or any individual who is a
consultant, a leased or contract worker or designated as an independent
contractor in an agreement with the Employer.

     4.7  "Employer" means any one or more of the Company and the Participating
Subsidiaries.

     4.8 "Exercise" means to purchase shares under an Option.



                                       11
<PAGE>

     4.9 "Long-Term Disability" means, with respect to an Eligible Employee, to
have an inactive employment status reflected in the employment records of the
Employer due to a long-term disability.

     4.10 "Participant" means an Eligible Employee, or any former Eligible
Employee, who holds an unexercised Option which has not expired or been
terminated or, in the event of the death of such an Eligible Employee or former
Eligible Employee, the Beneficiary of such Eligible Employee or former Eligible
Employee.

     4.11 "Participating Subsidiary" means any Affiliated Organization of the
Company which has been designated by the Vice-President Human Resources to
participate in the Award.

     4.12 "Retirement" shall mean termination of employment with the Company and
any Affiliated Organization by an employee who has the right to begin receiving
immediate annuity retirement benefits from a pension plan sponsored or
contributed to by the Company or an Affiliated Organization. In the event the
Eligible Employee is not covered by any such pension plan, "Retirement" shall be
determined from the records of the Company and the Affiliated Organizations.

     4.13 "Vice President - Human Resources" means the Vice President - Human
Resources of the Company.


                                       12
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused these Terms and Conditions to be
executed by its duly authorized officer as of 1 October 1999.

                                  AIR PRODUCTS AND CHEMICALS, INC.

                                  BY:
                                     ------------------------------------
                                     Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


                                       13

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-12
<SEQUENCE>8
<FILENAME>exhibit12.txt
<DESCRIPTION>STATEMENT RE COMPUTATION OF RATIOS
<TEXT>
                                                               Exhibit 12

               AIR PRODUCTS AND CHEMICALS, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

               COMPUTATION OF RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                                   (Unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            Year Ended 30 September
                                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          1998          1999           2000         2001(a)          2002
                                                        --------      --------      ---------     ----------       --------
                                                                              (Millions of dollars)
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
Earnings:

Income from continuing operations                      $  546.8        $450.5        $124.2        $465.6         $525.4

Add (deduct):
 Provision for income taxes                               280.9         209.5          (7.5)        196.2          247.5

 Fixed charges, excluding capitalized
  interest                                                202.8         194.4         232.6         226.5          150.3

 Capitalized interest amortized during
  the period                                                7.4           6.1           6.6           7.1            7.2

 Undistributed earnings of less-than-
  fifty-percent-owned affiliates                          (25.3)        (44.5)        (32.1)        (34.3)         (42.8)
                                                       ---------        ------        ------        ------         ------
  Earnings, as adjusted                                $1,012.6        $816.0        $323.8        $861.1         $887.6
                                                       =========       =======       =======       =======        =======

Fixed Charges:

Interest on indebtedness, including
 capital lease obligations                               $186.7        $175.4        $210.3        $201.6         $126.4

Capitalized interest                                       18.4          24.7          19.7           8.8           11.7

Amortization of debt discount premium
 and expense                                                1.9           1.3           3.1           5.6            2.2

Portion of rents under operating leases
 representative of the interest factor                     14.2          17.7          19.3          19.3           21.7
                                                         -------       -------       -------       -------       -------
 Fixed charges                                           $221.2        $219.1        $252.4        $235.3         $162.0
                                                         =======       =======       =======       =======       =======

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges:                         4.6           3.7           1.3           3.7            5.5
                                                         =======       =======       =======       =======       =======

</TABLE>

(a)  The company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 145 as
     of 1 July 2002. The Statement requires gains and losses from debt
     extinguishments that are used as part of the company's risk management
     strategy to be classified as income from operations rather than as
     extraordinary items, net of tax. The impact on the company was to
     reclassify the extraordinary item recorded in the fourth quarter of 2001 to
     income from continuing operations.

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-13
<SEQUENCE>9
<FILENAME>exhibit13.txt
<DESCRIPTION>FINANCIAL REPORT
<TEXT>
2002 Financial Review


Management's Discussion and Analysis                                         2

Company Responsibility for Financial Statements                             17

Reports of Independent Auditors                                             18

Audited Financial Statements
   Consolidated Income                                                      20
   Consolidated Balance Sheets                                              21
   Consolidated Cash Flows                                                  22
   Consolidated Shareholders' Equity                                        23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
   1.   Major Accounting Policies                                           24
   2.   New Accounting Standards                                            27
   3.   Special Items                                                       28
   4.   Acquisitions                                                        30
   5.   Subsequent Events                                                   30
   6.   Financial Instruments                                               30
   7.   Inventories                                                         32
   8.   Summarized Financial Information of Equity Affiliates               32
   9.   Plant and Equipment                                                 33
   10.  Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets                                33
   11.  Long-Term Debt                                                      34
   12.  Leases                                                              35
   13.  Capital Stock                                                       35
   14.  Stock Option and Award Plans                                        35
   15.  Earnings Per Share                                                  37
   16.  Income Taxes                                                        38
   17.  Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits                           39
   18.  Other Commitments and Contingencies                                 40
   19.  Supplemental Information                                            41
   20.  Business Segment and Geographic Information                         43

Five-Year Summary of Selected Financial Data                                46



<PAGE>



Management's Discussion and Analysis

Results of Operations
(millions of dollars, except per share)

The company performed well despite difficult industry conditions in which U.S.
manufacturing activity declined from the depressed levels of the prior year. In
this environment, the company continued to control its costs while building on
strategic positions in key growth markets. The company's performance is a
reflection of its portfolio management actions, commitment to improving return
on capital and focused business execution. Examples of portfolio management
actions include the acquisition of a controlling interest in San Fu Chemical
Company, Ltd. (San Fu) and the divestiture of the U.S. packaged gas business.
The company continued to aggressively manage its costs and maintained a reduced
level of capital spending.

As Reported
                                        2002         2001             2000
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sales                               $5,401.2     $5,857.8         $5,609.5
Operating income                       774.9        745.4            830.8
Equity affiliates' income               76.2         81.2             87.6
Net income                             525.4        465.6            124.2
Basic earnings per share                2.42         2.17              .58
Diluted earnings per share              2.36         2.12              .57
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

The results of years 2002, 2001 and 2000 included the effects of special items.
These should be considered in the comparison of the annual results. Net income
in 2002 included a gain from special items of $6.8, or $.03 per share. Net
income in 2001 and 2000 included charges for special items of $53.7, or $.25 per
share, and $408.4, or $1.89 per share, respectively. See Note 3 to the
consolidated financial statements for details of the special items.

The following table presents the results for years 2002, 2001 and 2000 exclusive
of special items. The discussion of the results of operations is based on income
excluding special items. The exclusion of special items focuses the discussion
of the results on the ongoing operations of the company and its segments. The
operating margin and the operating return on net assets (ORONA) statistics are
based on operating income excluding special items. Numbers presented in the
discussion are in millions of dollars unless otherwise stated. All comparisons
in the discussion are to the corresponding prior year unless otherwise stated.


Exclusive of Special Items
                                      2002        2001         2000
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sales                             $5,401.2    $5,857.8     $5,609.5
Operating income                     805.7       860.6        879.9
ORONA                                 10.6%       11.1%        11.1%
Equity affiliates' income             76.2        81.2         87.6
Net income                           518.6       519.3        532.6
Basic earnings per share              2.39        2.42         2.50
Diluted earnings per share            2.33        2.37         2.46
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


2002 vs. 2001

Sales in 2002 decreased $456.6, or 8%. Excluding natural gas cost pass-through,
acquisitions, divestitures and currency effects, sales declined 3%, reflecting
difficult economic conditions for the manufacturing sector. Gases sales declined
3%, excluding the above impacts, due principally to lower shipments to the
electronics industry. Chemicals sales declined 2%, excluding the above impacts,
due principally to lower selling prices. Equipment sales grew 10%, reflecting
increased activity in natural gas liquefaction (LNG) heat exchangers and helium
containers.

Operating income in 2002 declined $54.9, or 6%. Gases operating income declined
12%, or $83.8, due primarily to the depressed conditions in the global
electronics market and in the North American steel industry and higher
maintenance spending in Chemicals Process Industries (CPI). Chemicals segment
operating income increased 26%, or $36.2, due to reduced costs from productivity
efforts and constrained spending combined with higher Performance Materials
volumes. Increased activity across several product lines and favorable cost
performance resulted in an $8.7 increase in operating income for the Equipment
segment. Currency and exchange-related effects had a slightly favorable impact
on operating income.

Operating income benefited from global cost reduction plans. Over the past four
years, the plans provided for the elimination of 1,735 positions and asset
write-downs, which resulted in a cumulative charge of $219.7. See Note 3 to the
consolidated financial statements for details of the individual plans of the
prior three years. Benefits generated from the plans of $87 in 2002, $58 in 2001
and $23 in 2000 resulted primarily from reduced personnel costs. Benefits of
$110 are expected in 2003 and annually thereafter.

In 2002 equity affiliates' income declined $5.0, or 6%. The divestiture of
investments in two cogeneration facilities in the fourth quarter of 2001 and
lower electronics results more than offset the improved profitability of the
global polymers joint venture.


                                       2
<PAGE>


The 2002 results benefited from a significant reduction in interest expense due
principally to lower average debt outstanding.

2001 vs. 2000

Sales in 2001 increased $248.3, or 4%. Excluding natural gas cost pass-through,
acquisitions, divestitures and currency effects, sales increased 5%. Excluding
these impacts, sales of industrial gases increased 9%, benefiting from higher
shipments to the electronics end market during the first half of the year and of
hydrogen to the refining industry throughout the year. Sales in the Chemicals
segment, excluding the above impacts, declined 6%, due to lower volumes
resulting from the slowing economy, market share loss due to price increases and
customer facility outages. Equipment sales rose 9%, or $21.6.

Operating income in 2001 declined $19.3, or 2%. Currency and exchange-related
impacts reduced operating income growth about 4%. Gases operating income grew
4%, or $25.2, primarily due to higher volumes in key markets, improved pricing
for merchant gases and improved operating performance in CPI. Chemicals segment
operating income declined $56.8, or 29%, due to lower volumes and higher raw
material and energy costs. The divestiture of the polyvinyl alcohol business
(PVOH) in 2000 did not significantly affect the operating income comparison. An
unfavorable project mix resulted in a $4.8 decline in the Equipment segment.

Equity affiliates' income in 2001 declined $6.4, or 7%. Lower volume and margin
pressure in the chemicals performance polymers business accounted for most of
the decline.

2003 Outlook

As we enter 2003, political instability in many parts of the world, coupled with
the related economic uncertainties, present a difficult environment for
forecasting 2003 manufacturing growth. Our current outlook for growth in U.S.
manufacturing is 0-4%, with broader ranges in individual sectors, in particular
the key global electronic semiconductor market. In addition to the variability
induced by the economic uncertainty, the company will experience higher costs
related to its pension plans due principally to lower interest rates and lower
expected market returns. The company will also experience higher costs
associated with the installation and start-up of its Enterprise Resource
Planning (ERP) system, which will principally occur in 2003 and 2004, with the
majority of related benefits achieved in the following years. Overall, we are
optimistic about 2003 based upon the portfolio management actions we have taken
and have under way, the acquisitions of San Fu and American Homecare Supply,
continuing productivity efforts and our forecasted manufacturing growth range.

Segment Analysis

A description of the products, services and markets for each of the business
segments is included in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements.

Gases

The Gases segment involves three principal modes of supply: on-site/pipeline,
liquid bulk and packaged gas. About one-third of the overall Gases sales come
from the on-site and pipeline supply mode, which generally has long-term cost
pass-through type contracts, lending an attractive degree of stability to Gases
results. Liquid bulk products make up about one-third of overall Gases sales
and, while volume-sensitive, generally have three- to five-year contracts that
provide price stability. The remainder of sales is made up of specialty and
industrial cylinder gas supply for electronics, medical/homecare and other
industries.

Electricity is the largest cost input for the production of atmospheric gases.
Natural gas is the principal raw material for hydrogen, the vast majority of
which is delivered through on-site and pipeline supply arrangements. The company
mitigates adverse energy impacts through its cost pass-through structures as
well as price increases.


Gases                                      2002          2001          2000
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sales                                  $3,673.9      $4,084.6      $3,607.9
Operating income                          614.0         654.9         673.1
Operating income--excluding
special items                             640.2         724.0         698.8
Operating margin                           17.4%         17.7%         19.4%
ORONA                                      11.0%         12.3%         12.1%
Equity affiliates' income                  61.9          71.7          73.6
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

2002 vs. 2001

Sales in 2002 declined $410.7, or 10%. Excluding natural gas cost pass-through,
acquisitions, divestitures and currency effects, sales declined 3%, principally
due to lower shipments to the electronics industry and lower worldwide demand
for liquid bulk products in North America and Europe. Electronics was affected
by a reduction in customers' global silicon wafer processing due to soft demand
for most semiconductor products. The decline in sales was partially offset by
higher prices for liquid bulk gases and volume growth in CPI. On average, prices
for liquid oxygen (LOX) and liquid nitrogen (LIN) were up 2%. Excluding
surcharge effects, prices for LOX/LIN increased 3%. CPI on-site volumes grew 5%,
due to higher hydrogen demand in the refining industry.


                                       3
<PAGE>

Operating income declined $83.8, or 12%, due principally to the depressed
conditions in the global electronics market and North American steel industry
and higher maintenance spending in CPI. The major factors for the decline in
operating income of the Electronics business were lower worldwide demand coupled
with price declines resulting from excess industry capacity. The consolidation
of San Fu in the fourth quarter of 2002, higher prices and improved Asian
volumes partially offset the segment's operating income decline. See Note 4 to
the consolidated financial statements for details on the San Fu acquisition.

Equity affiliates' income was down $9.8, or 14%, mainly due to the divestiture
of investments in two cogeneration facilities in the fourth quarter of 2001,
lower Electronics results and the consolidation of San Fu in the fourth quarter
of 2002. Equity affiliates' income in 2002 included a $5.0 tax benefit related
to an asset revaluation in an Italian affiliate.

2001 vs. 2000

Sales in 2001 grew $476.7, or 13%. Natural gas cost pass-through added 6% to
revenue, primarily occurring during the first nine months of the year.
Unfavorable currency impacts reduced sales growth about 3%. The balance of the
sales increase principally was due to higher shipments to the electronics
industry and higher hydrogen demand. Electronics volume growth resulted from
strong global demand for specialty gases and chemicals during the first half of
2001, with a significant slowdown in the second half. Hydrogen growth resulted
from both new investment and increased loading on franchise pipeline systems.
Globally, price and surcharge initiatives resulted in a 6% increase in the
LOX/LIN price index, while liquid bulk volumes were down 3%.

In 2001 operating income increased $25.2, or 4%, due to higher volumes in key
markets, improved pricing in North America and Europe and improved operating
performance in CPI. The results were also favorably impacted by cost containment
initiatives and increased facility loading in Asia. Unfavorable currency and
exchange-related effects reduced operating income growth about 3%.

Equity affiliates' income in 2001 declined slightly, primarily due to the
consolidation of Korea Industrial Gases, Ltd. (KIG) in December 1999. The
company sold its interest in two cogeneration facilities in September 2001.
2003 Outlook

Higher shipments are expected for Electronics during the second half of 2003
based on estimates of increased wafer production. The company has significant
capacity in electronic specialty materials, which mitigates production-related
investments to meet 2003 increased demand. Hydrogen volumes are expected to
continue growing from record 2002 levels as regulatory drivers for clean fuels
continue. Liquid bulk gases supply all of the above markets but are used more
extensively in other industrial markets, such as metals, glass and paper. These
other industrial markets will more closely track the general state of the
manufacturing economy for which our current outlook is 0-4% growth. Pricing for
these products, however, is expected to remain firm as the company continues its
drive to achieve reinvestment levels of returns. While the company exited its
U.S. packaged gas business in 2002, it continues to operate packaged gas
businesses in Europe and Asia and expects performance in line with local
manufacturing environments. In October 2002, the company acquired American
Homecare Supply, LLC (AHS), a homecare market leader in the northeastern and
mid-Atlantic region of the United States. See Note 5 to the consolidated
financial statements for details on the AHS acquisition. The Healthcare business
is expected to again post solid performance, as it has an attractive growth rate
and is noncyclical. The company will continue to expand its homecare operations
through smaller-sized acquisitions combined with growth of existing business.

Chemicals

The Chemicals segment consists of Performance Materials and Chemical
Intermediates. Performance Materials accounted for about two-thirds of the
segment's sales. Performance polymers, the largest product line in Performance
Materials, uses vinyl acetate monomer (VAM) as its principal raw material. The
cost of VAM generally fluctuates with energy prices. Performance polymers are
sold in several markets, which are also served by competing products that are
not derived from VAM, limiting the ability to adjust prices immediately as the
cost of VAM increases. Margin fluctuation results from the timing of and ability
to adjust prices in response to changes in VAM costs. About one-third of the
segment's sales come from Chemical Intermediates, which include polyurethane
intermediates and amines. Approximately one-half of Chemical Intermediates are
supplied under long-term cost pass-through contracts. Methanol, produced from
natural gas, is the primary raw material used in producing methylamines, one of
the amines product lines. Methylamines are sold in competitive markets with
prices and margins fluctuating with the cost of natural gas and competitors'
actions.


                                       4
<PAGE>

Chemicals                              2002          2001           2000
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sales                              $1,451.7      $1,522.8       $1,772.8
Operating income                      172.5         112.3          182.1
Operating income--excluding
special items                         177.1         140.9          197.7
Operating margin                       12.2%          9.3%          11.2%
ORONA                                  12.7%          9.8%          12.3%
Equity affiliates' income              11.7           7.5           12.5
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

2002 vs. 2001

Sales in 2002 were down $71.1, or 5%. Excluding the effects of natural gas cost
pass-through, divestitures and currency effects, sales declined 2%. The overall
volume index was flat, while the aggregate price index was down 2%. In
Performance Materials, volumes increased as performance polymers experienced
higher demand. In Chemical Intermediates, volumes declined due to reduced demand
in the herbicide end market for higher amines.

Operating income in 2002 increased 26%, or $36.2. Higher volumes in Performance
Materials, namely in the performance polymers product lines, contributed
approximately one-third of this gain. Two-thirds of the increase in operating
income was attributable to lower costs as productivity efforts and constrained
spending more than offset inflationary impacts. The impact of lower prices was
offset by lower raw material costs. Operating margin improved substantially.

Equity affiliates' income increased $4.2, primarily due to the improved
profitability of the global polymers joint venture.

2001 vs. 2000

Sales in 2001 declined $250.0, or 14%. Excluding the impact of the divested PVOH
business, natural gas cost pass-through and currency effects, sales declined 6%.
Sales growth was reduced 1% due to unfavorable currency impacts. Total sales
volume declined 8%, excluding the impact of PVOH. Volumes declined in most major
product lines, resulting from the slowing economy, lost market share due to
price increases and customer facility outages.

Operating income in 2001 declined $56.8, or 29%. Lower volumes and higher raw
material and energy costs were significant factors in the reduction of operating
income. Cost control actions moderated this decline, and aggressive price
increases were partially successful in recovering the rapid rise in costs.
Unfavorable currency and exchange-related effects reduced operating income about
5%.

In 2001, equity affiliates' income declined $5.0, as the performance polymers
business experienced higher global raw material costs. Equity affiliates' income
consists primarily of a global polymer joint venture.

2003 Outlook

In Performance Materials, higher shipments of existing products are expected
along with sales of new products. New products include a high-performance
emulsion for architectural coatings, an environmentally friendly specialty
surfactant for existing and new markets and an environmentally friendly catalyst
and silicone surfactant for use in the production of polyurethane foam. The
benefits from volume growth will be partially offset by some margin pressures
from a rising raw material and energy cost trend. In Chemical Intermediates,
shipments of polyurethane intermediates should improve with the assumption of
fewer major scheduled customer outages in 2003 and the addition of new long-term
contracts. The higher amines product lines are expected to improve somewhat due
to a recovery from the drought conditions of 2002. In methylamines, volumes are
expected to increase but will continue to experience margin pressure. Starting
in 2004, the company will begin sourcing methanol from a world-scale producer.
This methanol supply arrangement will enable the company to shutdown the aging
production facility in Pace, Florida and should result in a reliable supply of a
critical raw material for the methylamines business.

A long-term supplier of sulfuric acid, used in the production of dinitrotoluene
(DNT), has been operating under Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection since 8 May
2001. The company's DNT operation in its polyurethane intermediates business and
supply to its customers have not been materially impacted. The company expects
this supplier to be successful in its reorganization. If reorganization is not
successful, the sales and profitability of the Chemicals segment could be
materially impacted on an annual basis due to the supplier's shutdown and the
company's inability to supply all of its customers' base requirements. The
company extended an $8.0 line of credit to this supplier, of which $7.5 was
drawn at 30 September 2002. The company also entered into a product prepayment
agreement with this supplier. At 30 September 2002, the unamortized balance was
$5.0. The company expects to fully recover these advances.

Equipment

The Equipment segment designs and manufactures cryogenic and gas processing
equipment for air separation, gas processing, natural gas liquefaction and
hydrogen purification. The segment also builds cryogenic transportation
containers for liquid helium. Equipment is sold worldwide to companies involved
in chemical and petrochemical manufacturing, oil and gas recovery and
processing, power generation and steel and primary metal productions. This
business is cyclical, primarily impacted by capital spending for expansion of
manufacturing capacity.


                                       5
<PAGE>


Equipment                              2002         2001           2000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sales                                $275.6       $250.4         $228.8
Operating income                       20.7         10.0            9.9
Operating income--excluding
special items                          20.7         12.0           16.8
Operating margin                        7.5%         4.8%           7.3%
ORONA                                  10.5%         5.5%           7.1%
Equity affiliates' income               2.6          2.0            2.0
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

2002 vs. 2001

Sales in 2002 grew $25.2 while operating income increased $8.7. The improved
results reflected increased activity across several product lines, particularly
helium containers and LNG heat exchangers, and favorable cost performance. Sales
backlog for the Equipment segment declined to $114 at 30 September 2002 compared
to $227 due to lower new project activity. It is expected that $106 of the
backlog will be completed during 2003.

2001 vs. 2000

Sales in 2001 rose $21.6 while operating income declined $4.8, due to an
unfavorable project mix. Sales backlog for the Equipment segment improved to
$227 at 30 September 2001 compared to $149. The increase principally resulted
from the receipt of orders for LNG heat exchangers and a large air separation
plant.

2003 Outlook

The Equipment segment is expected to post similar levels of activity in LNG heat
exchangers. This implies about two new LNG heat exchanger orders and a continued
low level of non-LNG equipment sales. Lower shipments of helium containers are
expected following the record activity in 2002. While some manufacturing growth
is expected in 2003, worldwide excess industrial capacity impacts new non-LNG
equipment orders.

All Other

All other principally comprises long-term research and development expense and
unallocated corporate expenses and income.

                                  2002            2001             2000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating (loss)                $(32.3)         $(31.8)          $(34.3)
Operating (loss)--excluding
special items                    (32.3)          (16.3)           (33.4)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

2002 vs. 2001

The unfavorable variance in 2002 was due to lower foreign exchange gains and
higher corporate expenses. Additionally, favorable insurance settlements were
included in 2001.

2001 vs. 2000

In 2001, higher interest income and an adjustment related to divested businesses
primarily accounted for the favorable variance.


Analysis of Other Items

Other (Income) Expense, Net

Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements displays the details of other
(income) expense.

                                2002          2001         2000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Other (income) expense        $(37.1)        $(5.5)      $(28.4)
Other (income) expense--
excluding special items        (40.0)        (39.7)       (29.6)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------

2002 vs. 2001

Other income in 2002 was comparable to 2001. Amortization expense declined $15.6
in 2002, principally as a result of no longer amortizing goodwill with the
adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 142. Results
in 2001 included higher technology income and favorable insurance settlements.

2001 vs. 2000

Other income increased $10.1 in 2001, due primarily to favorable insurance
settlements and higher rental income. This increase was partially offset by
foreign exchange gains in 2000.

Selling and Administrative Expense (S&A)

                                   2002          2001           2000
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
S&A expense                      $715.1        $752.1         $714.7
S&A expense--excluding
special items                     701.0         698.7          689.3
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------

2002 vs. 2001

S&A in 2002 was approximately equal to the prior year as the impact of
acquisitions, currency effects and spending on the ERP system were essentially
offset by productivity improvements and the divestiture of the U.S. packaged gas
business.


                                       6
<PAGE>

2001 vs. 2000

S&A increased slightly in 2001 as the impact of acquisitions was principally
offset by currency effects and productivity improvements.

Pension Expense
                                      2002           2001         2000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pension expense                      $55.7          $59.7        $51.2
Pension expense-excluding
special items                         45.0           37.7         41.8
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

The year-to-year variances in pension expense are principally attributable to
changes in the discount rate. The global weighted average discount rates used to
compute pension expense were 7.1%, 7.6% and 7.2% for 2002, 2001 and 2000,
respectively.

A $158 after-tax charge was recorded to comprehensive income within
shareholders' equity due to the recognition of an additional minimum liability
and the reversal of prepaid pension plan assets in 2002. The additional minimum
liability is equal to the accumulated benefit obligation less the fair value of
pension plan assets in excess of the accrued pension cost. The increase in the
additional minimum liability resulted principally from the decline in the
discount rate and the loss in value of plan assets. The additional minimum
liability would decline with increases in the discount rate and fair value of
plan assets. Accordingly, other comprehensive income would increase.

2003 Outlook

Pension expense is estimated to be $72 for 2003. The increase is principally a
result of a lower discount rate and a decrease in the expected long-term return
on the market-related value of assets.

Interest Expense
                                  2002            2001          2000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest incurred               $131.7          $197.2        $214.1
Less: interest capitalized         9.4             6.0          17.4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest expense                $122.3          $191.2        $196.7
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

2002 vs. 2001

Interest expense declined $68.9. About two-thirds of this variance was due to
lower average debt outstanding and the remainder due principally to lower
interest rates in 2002.

2001 vs. 2000

Interest expense in 2001 declined $5.5. This decline resulted from lower average
debt and slightly lower interest rates largely offset by lower capitalized
interest. During the fourth quarter of 2001, the company repurchased $541.1 of
its outstanding debt.

2003 Outlook

The company expects a modest increase in interest expense. This estimate is
based on a slightly lower average debt level for the year, a modest increase in
floating interest rates and lower capitalized interest. The 2003 estimate
excludes the possible effects of any future acquisitions, any change in stock
repurchase policy or any change in risk management policy.


Income Taxes                           2002           2001         2000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effective tax rate                     31.4%          29.0%       (12.4)%
Effective tax rate-excluding
special items                          30.0%          30.0%        30.2%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

The effective tax rates exclude minority interest. The company had a net tax
benefit for 2000. The net benefit resulted from the loss on The BOC Group plc
(BOC) transaction combined with tax credits and adjustments. Excluding the
impact of special items, the effective tax rate was 30% in both 2002 and 2001,
which was comparable to 2000.

2003 Outlook

The company expects the effective tax rate, excluding the impact of special
items, to increase in 2003 to 31%, principally attributable to higher operating
income, a similar level of tax credits as in 2002 and lower after-tax income
from equity affiliates. This estimate is based on current tax law, the current
estimate of earnings and the expected distribution of income among various tax
jurisdictions.


Stock-Based Compensation

The company applies Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25 in
accounting for its stock option plans. Accordingly, no compensation expense has
been recognized. If the company recognized compensation expense in accordance
with SFAS No. 123, net income would have been reduced by $40.9, $30.1 and $25.9
in years 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The company intends to continue
applying its current accounting methodology until a new uniform accounting
standard for stock options is issued. This is consistent with our


                                       7
<PAGE>
goal of providing understandable information on a basis comparable with what
other companies disclose. See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements
for further information.


Environmental Matters

The company is subject to various environmental laws and regulations in the
United States and foreign countries where it has operations. Compliance with
these laws and regulations results in higher capital expenditures and costs.
Additionally, from time to time, the company is involved in proceedings under
the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (the
federal Superfund law), similar state laws and the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act (RCRA) relating to the designation of certain sites for
investigation and possible cleanup. The company's accounting policies for
environmental expenditures are discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial
statements.

The amounts charged to earnings on an after-tax basis related to environmental
matters totaled $24.4, $21.6 and $30.5 for 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
These amounts represent an estimate of expenses for compliance with
environmental laws, as well as remedial activities, and costs incurred to meet
internal company standards. Such costs are estimated to be $25 in both 2003 and
2004.

Although precise amounts are difficult to define, the company estimates that in
2002, it spent approximately $14.0 on capital projects to control pollution
versus $12.7 in 2001. Capital expenditures to control pollution in future years
are estimated at $19 in 2003 and $16 in 2004.

It is the company's policy to accrue environmental investigatory and noncapital
remediation costs for identified sites when it is probable that a liability has
been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The potential
exposure for such costs is estimated to range from $9 to a reasonably possible
upper exposure of $20. The balance sheet at 30 September 2002 included an
accrual of $15.3. At 30 September 2001, the balance sheet accrual was $14.3.

Actual costs to be incurred at identified sites in future periods may vary from
the estimates, given inherent uncertainties in evaluating environmental
exposures. Subject to the imprecision in estimating future environmental costs,
the company does not expect that any sum it may have to pay in connection with
environmental matters in excess of the amounts recorded or disclosed above would
have a materially adverse effect on its financial condition or results of
operations in any one year.


Liquidity and Capital Resources

The company maintained a solid financial position throughout 2002. Cash from
operations, supplemented with proceeds from asset sales, provided funding for
the company's capital spending program, debt repayment and dividend payout.
Moody's upgraded the company's long-term debt and commercial paper ratings
during 2002. The company is currently rated A/A2 (long-term) and A-1/P-1
(commercial paper), respectively, by Standard & Poor's and Moody's.

Cash Flow

The company's cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities, as
reflected in the statement of Consolidated Cash Flows, are summarized in the
following table:

                                       2002             2001            2000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash provided by (used for):
 Operating activities              $1,063.9         $1,084.0       $ 1,174.0
 Investing activities                (493.6)          (277.7)       (1,227.6)
 Financing activities                (385.0)          (832.9)           80.1
Effect of exchange rate
changes on cash                         2.2             (1.3)            6.0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase (decrease) in cash
and cash items                     $  187.5         $  (27.9)      $    32.5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Operating Activities

2002 vs. 2001

Cash provided by operating activities in 2002 declined 2%. Unfavorable changes
in working capital (excluding the effects of acquisitions and divestitures) was
partially offset by an increase in net income. This change in working capital
was due principally to the collection of a tax refund in 2001 associated with
the loss on currency hedges for the BOC transaction.

2001 vs. 2000

Cash provided by operating activities in 2001 was down 6% from the prior year,
excluding the impact of the BOC transaction from 2000. This decline resulted
from changes in working capital. Cash provided by the decline in trade
receivables and inventories was more than offset by a reduction of payables and
accrued income taxes.


                                       8
<PAGE>

Investing Activities

In 2002, cash used for investing activities increased by $215.9, due principally
to lower proceeds from the sale of assets and investments. In 2002, the company
sold the majority of its U.S. packaged gas business. In 2001, the company sold
its investments in two cogeneration projects and certain U.S. cryogenic vessel
equipment. Cash used for investing activities declined $949.9 in 2001, resulting
primarily from the BOC transaction costs of $665.8 incurred in 2000. Lower
acquisitions in 2001, as well as higher proceeds from the sale of assets and
investments in 2001 also contributed to the decrease in cash used.

Capital expenditures in 2002 totaled $805.6, compared to $806.3. As in 2001,
additions to plant and equipment and acquisitions in 2002 were largely in
support of the worldwide Gases business. Acquisitions in 2002 included the
purchase of an additional 22% of the outstanding shares of San Fu, raising the
ownership to 70%. Acquisitions in 2000 included the purchase of the remaining
51% of KIG, the company's Korean affiliate, raising the ownership to 100%.

Capital expenditures are detailed in the following table:

                                           2002         2001         2000
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additions to plant and equipment         $627.6       $708.3       $767.7

Investments in and advances to
unconsolidated affiliates                  39.2         38.3          5.6

Acquisitions                              114.8         59.2        170.4

Long-term debt assumed in
acquisitions                               20.1           --         24.4

Capital leases                              3.9           .5          4.9
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         $805.6       $806.3       $973.0
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


2003 Outlook

Capital expenditures for new plant and equipment in 2003 are expected to be
between $600 and $700. In addition, the company intends to continue to pursue
acquisition opportunities and investments in affiliated entities. It is
anticipated that these expenditures will be funded with cash from operations and
proceeds from asset sales.

Financing Activities

Cash used for financing activities declined $447.9 in 2002. Lower payments on
long-term debt of $593.0 were partially offset by a $202.0 reduction in
commercial paper borrowings. In 2002, the company did not purchase treasury
stock as the share repurchase program was suspended in the fourth quarter of
2001. During 2001, the company purchased 2.1 million of its outstanding shares
at a cost of $87.2.

Cash used for financing activities was $832.9 in 2001, compared with cash
provided by financing activities of $80.1 in 2000. The increase in cash used was
mainly attributable to lower long-term debt proceeds and the early
extinguishment of debt. During 2001, the company repurchased $541.1 of its
outstanding long-term fixed-rate debt. The average remaining life of the
repurchased debt was 18.5 years, and the average coupon was 7.56%.

Capital needs in 2002 were satisfied with cash from operations and proceeds from
asset sales. At the end of 2002, total debt outstanding was $2.4 billion
compared to $2.5 billion. Total debt at 30 September 2002 and 2001--expressed as
a percentage of the sum of total debt, shareholders' equity and minority
interest--was 39.6% and 43.5%, respectively.

Long-term debt financings in 2002 totaled $61.3. This was composed primarily of
fixed- and floating-rate U.S. dollar borrowings with terms ranging from seven to
thirty-five years.

There was no commercial paper outstanding at 30 September 2002. Substantial
credit facilities are maintained to provide backup funding for commercial paper
and to ensure availability of adequate sources of liquidity. At 30 September
2002, the company's committed lines of credit totaled $600, maturing in January
2005. No borrowings were outstanding under these commitments at the end of 2002.
Additional commitments of $63.2 are maintained by the company's foreign
subsidiaries, of which $15.9 was borrowed and outstanding at 30 September 2002.

The Board of Directors in May 2002 increased the quarterly cash dividend 5%,
from 20.0 cents per share to 21.0 cents per share. Dividends are declared by the
Board of Directors and are usually paid during the sixth week after the close of
the fiscal quarter.

Pension Plan Funding

The company's funding policy is that contributions, combined with appreciation
and earnings, will be sufficient to pay benefits accrued to date over the time
period the benefits are expected to be paid, without creating unnecessary
surpluses. In addition, the company ensures that contributions satisfy all legal
funding requirements. External actuarial firms analyze the liabilities and
demographics of each plan, which helps guide the level of contributions. During
2002 and 2001, the company contributed $44.2 and $29.3, respectively, to the
pension plans. Cash contributions are estimated to be $50 in 2003.



                                    9
<PAGE>
Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Contractual Obligations                                         Payments Due by Period
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Total        2003        2004          2005      2006       2007   Thereafter
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
Long-term debt maturities--
including capital leases              $2,268        $227        $182         $718       $241       $418        $482
Operating leases                         231          51          40           33         28         11          68
Unconditional purchase obligations       228          24          23           17         18         19         127
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Contractual Obligations         $2,727        $302        $245         $768       $287       $448        $677
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Other Commercial Commitments                          Amount of Commitment Expiration per Period
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Total        2003        2004          2005      2006      2007    Thereafter
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Equity support agreements               $ 67         $ 1          $1          $17       $  2        $2         $44
Guarantees of equity affiliate
borrowings                                37           9           2            1          1         4          20
Guarantee of residual value of U.S.
cryogenic vessel lease equipment         256          --          --           --        256        --          --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Commercial Commitments            $360         $10          $3          $18       $259        $6         $64
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

The company is obligated to make future payments under various contracts such as
debt agreements, lease agreements and unconditional purchase obligations, and
has certain contingent commitments such as debt and residual value guarantees.
The above tables summarize the significant contractual cash obligations and
other commercial commitments of the company as of 30 September 2002.

Most of the company's significant long-term unconditional purchase obligations
relate to feedstock supply for numerous HyCO (hydrogen, carbon monoxide and
syngas) facilities. Long-term take-or-pay sales contracts to HyCO customers are
generally matched with the feedstock supply obligations and provide recovery of
price increases in the feedstock supply. Due to the matching of numerous
feedstock supply obligations to customer sales contracts, the company does not
believe these obligations would have a material effect on the company's
financial condition or the results of operations.

The company also has contractual obligations for materials, supplies and
services as part of the ordinary conduct of business. Significant unconditional
purchase obligations, however, do not arise from numerous small and short-term
supply contracts entered into in the routine course of business. There are
critical supply agreements for chemical raw materials, electric power and
natural gas that also do not result in unconditional long-term purchase
obligations. Raw material supply agreements in the Chemicals segment are
principally requirements contracts at market prices. Natural gas supply
obligations that are not related to HyCO long-term customer contracts are
essentially short-term requirements contracts. A fixed demand charge is
generally included in electric power supply agreement pricing. There are
numerous power supply agreements, and the demand charge is generally reset at
least annually. Individually and in the aggregate, the demand charge elements of
power supply agreements are not unconditional long-term purchase obligations.

Refer to Notes 11 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements for additional
information on long-term debt and leases.

The company has equity support agreements related to two cogeneration projects
and an air separation facility in Trinidad. The company has also guaranteed
repayment of some borrowings of certain foreign equity affiliates. In addition,
the company has guaranteed the residual value of U.S. cryogenic vessel equipment
related to an operating lease. The company does not expect that any sum it may
have to pay in connection with these matters will have a materially adverse
effect on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information
on commitments and contingencies.


                                       10
<PAGE>

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The company's off-balance sheet arrangements include the sale and leaseback of
U.S. cryogenic vessel equipment with a third party and the debt of its equity
affiliates. In September 2001, the company sold and leased back certain U.S.
cryogenic vessel equipment resulting in proceeds of $301.9. This operating lease
has a five-year term with purchase and renewal options. Summarized financial
information of equity affiliates is provided in Note 8 of the consolidated
financial statements.

The company has not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements with a
limited or special purpose entity. Liquidity and availability of capital
resources are not dependent on the use of off-balance sheet arrangements. The
company has no material obligations to provide funding for lines of credit,
take-or-pay contracts, throughput agreements or similar types of arrangements.


Related Party Transactions

The company's principal related parties are equity affiliates operating in
industrial gas and chemicals businesses. The company did not engage in any
material transactions involving related parties that included terms or other
aspects that differ from those which would be negotiated with clearly
independent parties.


Market Risks and Sensitivity Analysis

The company's earnings, cash flows and financial position are exposed to market
risks relating to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange
rates. It is the policy of the company to minimize its cash flow exposure to
adverse changes in currency and exchange rates and to reduce the financial risks
inherent in funding the company with debt capital.

The company addresses these financial exposures through a controlled program of
risk management that includes the use of derivative financial instruments.
Counterparties to all derivative contracts are major financial institutions,
thereby minimizing the risk of credit loss. All instruments are entered into for
other than trading purposes. The utilization of these instruments is described
more fully in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements. The major
accounting policies for these instruments are described in Note 1 to the
consolidated financial statements.

The company's derivative and other financial instruments consist of long-term
debt (including current portion), interest rate swaps, interest rate and
currency swaps, foreign exchange-forward contracts and foreign exchange-option
contracts. The net market value of these financial instruments combined is
referred to below as the net financial instrument position. The net financial
instrument position does not include other investments of $50.1 at 30 September
2002 and $52.1 at 30 September 2001 as disclosed in Note 6 to the consolidated
financial statements. These amounts primarily represent an investment in a
publicly traded foreign company accounted for by the cost method. The company
assessed the materiality of the market risk exposure on these financial
instruments and determined this exposure to be immaterial.

At 30 September 2002 and 2001, the net financial instrument position was a
liability of $2,363.0 and $2,300.5, respectively. The increase in the net
financial instrument position was due primarily to higher long-term debt,
including the current portion.

The analysis below presents the sensitivity of the market value of the company's
financial instruments to selected changes in market rates and prices. The range
of changes chosen reflects the company's view of changes which are reasonably
possible over a one-year period. Market values are the present value of
projected future cash flows based on the market rates and prices chosen. The
market values for interest rate risk and foreign currency risk are calculated by
the company using a third-party software model that utilizes standard pricing
models to determine the present value of the instruments based on market
conditions (interest rates, spot and forward exchange rates and implied
volatilities) as of the valuation date.

                                       11
<PAGE>

Interest Rate Risk

The company's debt portfolio, including swap agreements, as of 30 September 2002
primarily comprised debt denominated in Euros (41%) and U.S. dollars (35%). This
debt portfolio is composed of 67% fixed-rate debt and 33% variable-rate debt.
Changes in interest rates have different impacts on the fixed- and variable-rate
portions of the company's debt portfolio. A change in interest rates on the
fixed portion of the debt portfolio impacts the net financial instrument
position but has no impact on interest incurred or cash flows. A change in
interest rates on the variable portion of the debt portfolio impacts the
interest incurred and cash flows but does not impact the net financial
instrument position.

The sensitivity analysis related to the fixed portion of the company's debt
portfolio assumes an instantaneous 100 basis point move in interest rates from
the levels at 30 September 2002 and 2001, with all other variables (including
foreign exchange rates) held constant. A 100 basis point increase in market
interest rates would result in a decrease of $52 and $69 in the net liability
position of financial instruments at 30 September 2002 and 2001, respectively. A
100 basis point decrease in market interest rates would result in an increase of
$55 and $75 in the net liability position of financial instruments at 30
September 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Based on the variable-rate debt included in the company's debt portfolio,
including the interest rate swap agreements, as of 30 September 2002 and 2001, a
100 basis point increase in interest rates would result in an additional $8 and
$7 in interest incurred per year at 30 September 2002 and 2001, respectively. A
100 basis point decline would lower interest incurred by $8 and $7 per year at
30 September 2002 and 2001, respectively.


Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

The sensitivity analysis assumes an instantaneous 10% change in the foreign
currency exchange rates from their levels at 30 September 2002 and 2001, with
all other variables (including interest rates) held constant. A 10%
strengthening of the functional currency of an entity versus all other
currencies would result in a decrease of $188 and $165 in the net liability
position of financial instruments at 30 September 2002 and 2001, respectively. A
10% weakening of the functional currency of an entity versus all other
currencies would result in an increase of $183 and $163 in the net liability
position of financial instruments at 30 September 2002 and 2001, respectively.

The primary currencies for which the company has exchange rate exposure are the
U.S. dollar versus the Euro, the U.S. dollar versus the U.K. Pound Sterling and
the Euro versus the Canadian Dollar. Foreign currency debt, interest rate and
currency swaps and foreign exchange-forward contracts are used in countries
where the company does business, thereby reducing its net asset exposure.
Foreign exchange-forward contracts also are used to hedge the company's firm and
highly anticipated foreign currency cash flows, along with foreign
exchange-option contracts. Thus, there is either an asset or cash flow exposure
related to all of the financial instruments in the above sensitivity analysis
for which the impact of a movement in exchange rates would be in the opposite
direction and materially equal (or more favorable in the case of purchased
foreign exchange-option contracts) to the impact on the instruments in the
analysis.

Inflation

The financial statements are presented in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States and do not fully reflect the impact of
prior years' inflation. While the U.S. inflation rate has been modest for
several years, the company operates in many international areas with both
inflation and currency issues. The ability to pass on inflation costs is an
uncertainty due to general economic conditions and competitive situations. It is
estimated that the cost of replacing the company's plant and equipment today is
greater than its historical cost. Accordingly, depreciation expense would be
greater if the expense were stated on a current cost basis.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management's Discussion and Analysis of the company's financial condition and
results of operations is based on the consolidated financial statements and
accompanying notes that have been prepared in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these
financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

                                       12
<PAGE>

Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements describes the company's major
accounting policies. Judgments and estimates of uncertainties are required in
applying the company's accounting policies in many areas. The following are
areas requiring significant judgments and estimates: depreciable lives of plant
and equipment, cash flow and valuation assumptions in performing an impairment
test of goodwill, estimated costs to be incurred for environmental liabilities
and pension benefits.

Application of the critical accounting policies discussed below requires
management's significant judgments, often as the result of the need to make
estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain. If actual results were to
differ materially from the estimates made, the reported results could be
materially affected. However, the company is not currently aware of any
reasonably likely events or circumstances that would result in materially
different results.

The company's senior management has reviewed these critical accounting policies
and estimates and Management's Discussion and Analysis regarding them with its
audit committee.

Information concerning the company's implementation and impact of new accounting
standards issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) is discussed
in Note 2. Otherwise, the company did not adopt an accounting policy in the past
year that had a material impact on the company's financial condition, change in
financial condition or results of operations.


Depreciable Lives of Plant and Equipment

Plant and equipment is recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line
method, which deducts equal amounts of cost of each asset from earnings every
year over its estimated economic useful life. Net plant and equipment at 30
September 2002 totaled $5,378, representing more than 60% of total assets.
Depreciation expense during 2002 totaled $581, representing 12% of total costs
and expenses. Given the significance of plant and equipment and associated
depreciation to the company's financial statements, the determination of an
asset's economic useful life is considered to be a critical accounting estimate.
The estimate is critical for the company's Gases and Chemicals segments, both
capital-intensive businesses in which the company owns and operates plant and
equipment.

Economic useful life is the duration of time the asset is expected to be
productively employed by the company, which may be less than its physical life.
Management's assumptions on the following factors, among others, affects the
determination of estimated economic useful life: wear and tear, obsolescence,
technical standards, contract life, changes in market demand and raw material
availability. The company makes estimates and assumptions regarding its
competitive position in various end markets and geographic locations.

The estimated economic useful life of an asset is monitored to ensure its
appropriateness, especially in light of changed business circumstances. For
example, changes in technological advances, changes in the estimated future
demand for products, or excessive wear and tear may result in a shorter
estimated useful life than originally anticipated. In these cases, the company
would depreciate the remaining net book value over the new estimated remaining
life, thereby increasing depreciation expense per year on a prospective basis.
Likewise, if the estimated useful life is increased, the adjustment to the
useful life decreases depreciation expense per year on a prospective basis. Over
the past three years, changes in economic useful life assumptions have not had a
material impact on the company's reported results.

The company has numerous long-term customer supply contracts, particularly in
the gases on-site business. These contracts principally have initial contract
terms of 15 to 20 years. Depreciable lives of the production assets related to
long-term contracts are matched to the contract lives. Extensions to the
contract term of supply frequently occur prior to the expiration of the initial
term. As contract terms are extended, the depreciable life of the remaining net
book value of the production assets is adjusted to match the new contract term.

The depreciable lives of merchant gas production facilities are principally 15
years. Major chemical production facilities are also generally depreciated over
15 years. The terms of customer contracts associated with products produced at
these types of facilities typically have a much shorter term. Management has
determined a 15-year life to be appropriate based on historical experience
combined with its judgment on future assumptions such as technological advances,
potential for obsolescence, competitors' actions, etc. Management monitors its
assumptions and may potentially need to adjust depreciable life as circumstances
change. A change in the depreciable life of merchant chemical and gas facilities
by one year would impact annual depreciation expense by approximately $20 to
$25.


                                       13
<PAGE>
Goodwill

The purchase method of accounting for business combinations requires the company
to make use of estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price paid for
acquisitions to the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible
assets. Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price over the
fair value of net assets of an acquired entity. Goodwill, including goodwill
associated with equity affiliates, was $500.7 as of 30 September 2002. The
majority of the company's goodwill is assigned to reporting units within the
Gases segment. Disclosures related to goodwill are included in Note 10 to the
consolidated financial statements.

The company adopted SFAS No. 142, the new accounting standard for goodwill, on
1 October 2001. This Statement provides that goodwill will no longer be
amortized on a recurring basis but rather will be subject to periodic impairment
testing. Prior to adopting SFAS No. 142, the company amortized goodwill into
income over periods not exceeding 40 years.

The impairment test requires the company to compare the fair value of business
reporting units to their carrying value including assigned goodwill. SFAS No.
142 requires an initial impairment test within six months after adoption and
annually thereafter. In addition, goodwill is tested more frequently if changes
in circumstances or the occurrence of events indicate impairment exists. The
company performed the initial adoption impairment test early in 2002. The
results of this test indicated fair value amounts exceeded carrying amounts by a
substantial margin. In the subsequent impairment review during 2002, the company
concluded the previous determination of fair value from the initial impairment
test would be carried forward. The likelihood of calculating current fair values
less than carrying amounts was considered remote, and there were no significant
changes to the composition of reporting units since the prior impairment test.

The company primarily uses the present value of future cash flows to determine
fair value. The company's valuation model assumes a five-year growth period for
the business and an estimated exit trading multiple. Management judgment is
required in the estimation of future operating results and to determine the
appropriate exit multiple. The exit multiple is determined from comparable
industry transactions. Future operating results and exit multiples could
reasonably differ from the estimates. However, given the substantial margin by
which fair value exceeded carrying amounts in the latest goodwill impairment
review, the company does not anticipate a material impact on the financial
statements from differences in these assumptions.


Environmental Liabilities

Accruals for environmental loss contingencies (i.e., environmental reserves) are
recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount
can reasonably be estimated. The company estimates the exposure for
environmental contingencies to range from $9 to a reasonably possible upper
exposure of $20. The balance sheet at 30 September 2002 included a reserve of
$15.3, primarily as part of other noncurrent liabilities. Management views the
measurement of environmental reserves as a critical accounting estimate because
of the considerable uncertainty surrounding estimation and the need to forecast
into the distant future.

In the normal course of business, the company is involved in legal proceedings
under the federal Superfund law, similar state environmental laws and RCRA
relating to the designation of certain sites for investigation or remediation.
Presently, there are approximately 45 sites on which a final settlement has not
been reached where the company, along with others, has been designated a
potentially responsible party by the Environmental Protection Agency or is
otherwise engaged in investigation or remediation. In addition, the company is
also involved in cleanup activities at certain of its manufacturing sites. Sites
for which the company monitors environmental exposure are related to operations
within the Gases and Chemicals segments as well as discontinued businesses.

Measurement of environmental reserves is based on the evaluation of currently
available information with respect to each individual site and considers factors
such as existing technology, presently enacted laws and regulations and prior
experience in remediation of contaminated sites. An environmental reserve
related to cleanup of a contaminated site might include, for example, provision
for one or more of the following types of costs: site investigation and testing
costs, cleanup costs, costs related to soil and water contamination resulting
from tank ruptures, postremediation monitoring costs and outside legal fees.
Environmental reserves include costs related to other potentially responsible
parties to the extent that the company has reason to believe such parties will
not fully pay their proportionate share. The reserves also do not take into
account any claims for recoveries from insurance and are not discounted.

                                       14
<PAGE>
As assessments and remediation progress at individual sites, the amount of the
projected cost is reviewed periodically, and the reserve is adjusted to reflect
additional technical and legal information that becomes available. Management
has a well-established process in place to identify and monitor the company's
environmental exposures. An environmental reserve analysis is prepared and
maintained that lists all environmental loss contingencies, even where a reserve
has not been established. This analysis assists in monitoring the company's
overall environmental exposure and serves as a tool to facilitate ongoing
communication among the company's technical experts, environmental managers,
environmental lawyers and financial management to ensure that required reserves
are recorded and potential exposures disclosed.

Actual costs to be incurred at identified sites in future periods may vary from
the estimates, given the inherent uncertainties in evaluating environmental
exposures. Using reasonably possible alternative assumptions of the exposure
level could result in an increase to the environmental reserve. Due to the
inherent uncertainties related to environmental exposures, a significant
increase to the reasonably possible upper exposure level could occur if a new
site was designated, the scope of remediation was increased or a significant
increase in the company's proportionate share occurred.


Pension Benefits

The company sponsors defined-benefit pension plans in various forms for
employees who meet eligibility requirements. Actuarial models are used in
calculating the pension expense and liability related to the various plans.
These models generally have an underlying assumption that the employees render
service over their service lives on a relatively smooth basis; therefore, the
expense of benefits earned should follow a similar pattern.

Several assumptions and statistical variables are used in the models to
calculate the expense and liability related to the plans. Assumptions about the
discount rate, the expected rate of return on plan assets and the future rate of
compensation increases are determined by the company. Note 17 to the
consolidated financial statements includes disclosure of these rates on a
weighted average basis, encompassing both the domestic and foreign plans. The
actuarial models also use assumptions on demographic factors such as retirement,
mortality and turnover. The company believes the assumptions are within accepted
guidelines and ranges. However, these actuarial assumptions could vary
materially from actual results due to economic events and different rates of
retirement, mortality and withdrawal.

One of the critical assumptions used in the actuarial models is the discount
rate. This rate is determined at the annual measurement date for each of the
various plans and is therefore subject to change each year. The rate reflects
the market rate for high-quality fixed-income debt instruments on the
measurement date. The rate is used to discount the future cash flows of benefit
obligations back to the measurement date. A higher discount rate decreases the
present value of the benefit obligations and results in lower pension expense. A
50 basis point increase in the discount rate reduces pension expense by
approximately $17 per year. The weighted average discount rate at 30 September
2002 was 6.5% as compared to 7.1% at 30 September 2001. This decline reflects
the current market conditions of low interest rates.

The company also determines the expected long-term rate of return on plan
assets. Because the rate of return is a long-term assumption, it generally does
not change annually. Lower returns on the plan assets result in higher pension
expense. The company uses historic market return trends combined with current
market conditions to estimate the rate of return. A 50 basis point decline in
the estimated rate of return on plan assets increases pension expense by
approximately $6 per year. As of 1 October 2002, the company lowered the
weighted average expected return to 9.1% from 9.4%. The 9.1% rate will be used
to determine pension expense in 2003.

The expected rate of compensation increase is another key assumption. The
company determines this rate based on historic trends and comparisons to
external rates. Higher rates of increase result in higher pension expense.
Because this rate represents a long-term assumption, it is less likely to
change, and the company has not significantly changed this rate in recent years.
The weighted average rate of compensation increase was 4.7% as of 30 September
2002 and 2001.


                                       15
<PAGE>
New Accounting Standards

In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement
Obligations." In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the
Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets." In April 2002, the FASB issued
SFAS No. 145, "Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment of FASB
Statement No. 13 and Technical Corrections." In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS
No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities." See
Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for information concerning the
company's implementation and impact of these new standards.

Forward-Looking Statements

The forward-looking statements contained in this document are based on current
expectations at the time the document was originally prepared regarding
important risk factors and management does not anticipate publicly updating any
of its expectations except as part of the quarterly earnings announcement
process. Actual results may differ materially from those forward-looking
statements expressed. In addition to important risk factors and uncertainties
referred to in the Management's Discussion and Analysis, factors that might
cause forward-looking statements to differ materially from actual results
include those specifically referenced as future events or outcomes that
management anticipates as well as, among other things, overall economic and
business conditions and demand for the company's goods and services during that
time; competitive factors in the industries in which it competes; interruption
in ordinary sources of supply; the ability to recover increased energy and raw
material costs from customers; spikes in the pricing of natural gas; changes in
government regulations; consequences of acts of terrorism impacting the United
States and other markets; the success of implementing cost reduction programs;
the timing, impact and other uncertainties of future acquisitions or
divestitures; significant fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currencies;
the impact of tax and other legislation and regulations in jurisdictions in
which the company and its affiliates operate; and the timing and rate at which
tax credits can be utilized.


                                       16
<PAGE>
Company Responsibility for Financial Statements


The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the
company. They conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States and reflect judgments and estimates as to the expected effects of
incomplete transactions and events being accounted for currently. The company
believes that the accounting systems and related controls that it maintains are
sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded,
transactions are appropriately authorized and recorded and the financial records
are reliable for preparing such financial statements. The concept of reasonable
assurance is based on the recognition that the cost of a system of internal
accounting controls must be related to the benefits derived. The company
maintains an internal audit function that is responsible for evaluating the
adequacy and application of financial and operating controls and for testing
compliance with company policies and procedures.

The independent auditors are engaged to perform an audit of the consolidated
financial statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in
the United States. Their report follows.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors entirely comprises individuals who
are not employees of the company. This Committee meets periodically with the
independent auditors, the internal auditors and management to consider audit
results and to discuss significant internal accounting control, auditing and
financial reporting matters. The Audit Committee recommends the selection of the
independent public accountants who are then appointed by the Board of Directors,
subject to ratification by the shareholders.


/s/John P. Jones III                  /s/John R. Owings


John P. Jones III                     John R. Owings
Chairman, President, and              Vice President and
Chief Executive Officer               Chief Financial Officer
28 October 2002                       28 October 2002

                                       17
<PAGE>

Reports of Independent Auditors


To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Air Products and
Chemicals, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries as of 30 September
2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and
shareholders' equity for the year then ended. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. The financial
statements of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. as of 30 September 2001, and for
the two-year period then ended, were audited by other auditors who have ceased
operations. Those auditors expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial
statements, before the revisions as described in Note 1 and Note 10 to the
financial statements, in their report dated 26 October 2001.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted
in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the 2002 financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Air Products and Chemicals,
Inc. and subsidiaries as of 30 September 2002, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed above, the financial statements of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.
as of 30 September 2001, and for each of the years in the two-year period then
ended, were audited by other auditors who have ceased operations. As described
in Note 1, those financial statements have been revised. We audited the
adjustments described in Note 1 that were applied to revise the 2001 and 2000
financial statements. In our opinion, such adjustments are appropriate and have
been properly applied. In addition, as described in Note 10, the financial
statements have been revised to include the transitional disclosures required by
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets," which was adopted as of 1 October 2001. In our opinion, the
disclosures for 2001 and 2000 in Note 10 are appropriate. However, we were not
engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the 2001 and 2000 financial
statements of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. other than with respect to such
adjustments and disclosures, and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or
any other form of assurance on the 2001 and 2000 financial statements taken as a
whole.

/s/ KPMG LLP

KPMG LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
28 October 2002

                                       18
<PAGE>

The following report is a copy of a
previously issued Arthur Andersen LLP
("Andersen") report, and the report has
not been reissued by Andersen. The
Andersen report refers to the
consolidated balance sheet as of
30 September 2000 and the consolidated
statements of income, cash flows and
shareholders' equity for the year ended
30 September 1999, which are no longer
included in the accompanying financial
statements.

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors,
Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Air Products and
Chemicals, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries as of 30 September
2001 and 2000, and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and
shareholders' equity for each of the three years in the period ended 30
September 2001. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted
in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Air Products and Chemicals,
Inc. and subsidiaries as of 30 September 2001 and 2000, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
30 September 2001, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States.

/s/Arthur Andersen LLP

Arthur Andersen LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
26 October 2001

                                       19
<PAGE>

The Financial Statements


Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Income
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Year ended 30 September
(millions of dollars, except per share)                                   2002           2001            2000
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>             <C>
Sales                                                                 $5,401.2       $5,857.8        $5,609.5
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs and Expenses
Cost of sales                                                          3,827.7        4,243.3         3,968.0
Selling and administrative                                               715.1          752.1           714.7
Research and development                                                 120.6          122.5           124.4
Other (income) expense, net                                              (37.1)          (5.5)          (28.4)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Income                                                         774.9          745.4           830.8
Income from equity affiliates, net of related expenses                    76.2           81.2            87.6
Gain on sale of U.S. packaged gas business                                55.7             --              --
Gain on divestiture of interest in cogeneration facilities                  --          101.6              --
Loss on early retirement of debt                                            --          (75.8)             --
Gain on sale of polyvinyl alcohol business                                  --             --           126.8
Loss on currency hedges related to BOC transaction and expenses             --             --          (730.4)
Interest expense                                                         122.3          191.2           196.7
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income Before Taxes and Minority Interest                                784.5          661.2           118.1
Income tax provision (benefit)                                           240.8          190.5           (13.7)
Minority interest in earnings of subsidiary companies                     18.3            5.1             7.6
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Income                                                            $  525.4       $  465.6        $  124.2
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted Average of Common Shares Outstanding (in millions)              217.2          214.8           213.4
Weighted Average of Common and Common Equivalent Shares
Outstanding (in millions)                                                222.7          219.3           216.2
Basic Earnings per Common Share                                          $2.42          $2.17            $.58
Diluted Earnings per Common Share                                        $2.36          $2.12            $.57
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.


                                       20
<PAGE>

Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

30 September (millions of dollars, except per share)                                             2002        2001
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assets
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                         <C>         <C>
Current Assets
Cash and cash items                                                                         $   253.7   $    66.2
Trade receivables, less allowances for doubtful accounts of $12.0 in 2002 and $10.2 in 2001     980.9       913.4
Inventories                                                                                     392.6       410.5
Contracts in progress, less progress billings                                                    68.1        67.9
Other current assets                                                                            214.0       226.8
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Current Assets                                                                          1,909.3     1,684.8
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment in Net Assets of and Advances to Equity Affiliates                                   484.2       499.5
Plant and Equipment, at cost                                                                 10,879.8    10,226.5
Less accumulated depreciation                                                                 5,502.0     5,108.0
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Plant and Equipment, net                                                                      5,377.8     5,118.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goodwill                                                                                        431.1       384.7
Other Noncurrent Assets                                                                         292.6       396.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Assets                                                                                $ 8,495.0   $ 8,084.1
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current Liabilities
Payables, trade and other                                                                   $   485.6   $   512.2
Accrued liabilities                                                                             353.7       341.6
Accrued income taxes                                                                             72.9        48.4
Short-term borrowings                                                                           116.9       255.7
Current portion of long-term debt                                                               227.1       194.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Current Liabilities                                                                     1,256.2     1,352.4
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-Term Debt                                                                                2,041.0     2,027.5
Deferred Income and Other Noncurrent Liabilities                                                827.4       702.0
Deferred Income Taxes                                                                           725.6       778.4
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Liabilities                                                                             4,850.2     4,860.3
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minority Interest in Subsidiary Companies                                                       184.4       118.0
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shareholders' Equity
Common stock (par value $1 per share; issued 2002 and 2001--249,455,584 shares)                 249.4       249.4
Capital in excess of par value                                                                  437.1       384.9
Retained earnings                                                                             4,312.8     3,965.9
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)                                                  (566.9)     (452.5)
Treasury stock, at cost (2002--22,236,196 shares; 2001--22,269,244 shares)                     (767.8)     (768.8)
Shares in trust (2002--8,684,265 shares; 2001--11,723,720 shares)                              (204.2)     (273.1)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Shareholders' Equity                                                                    3,460.4     3,105.8
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity                                                  $ 8,495.0   $ 8,084.1
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.


                                       21
<PAGE>
Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Cash Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Year ended 30 September (millions of dollars)                                      2002              2001           2000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>               <C>            <C>
Operating Activities
Net income                                                                     $  525.4           $ 465.6       $  124.2
Adjustments to reconcile income to cash provided by operating activities:
 Depreciation                                                                     581.0             573.0          575.7
 Deferred income taxes                                                             65.2              39.0           (5.5)
 Loss on early retirement of debt                                                    --              75.8             --
 Loss on BOC transaction                                                             --                --          706.1
 Undistributed earnings of unconsolidated affiliates                              (44.4)            (46.2)         (49.9)
 Gain on sale of assets and investments                                           (66.5)           (104.7)        (138.6)
 Other                                                                             47.8              36.5          100.8
Working capital changes, excluding effects of acquisitions and divestitures:
 Trade receivables                                                                (13.1)             63.9         (158.5)
 Inventories and contracts in progress                                             55.1               2.6          (57.4)
 Payables, trade and other                                                        (75.3)            (75.6)          92.1
 Other                                                                            (11.3)             54.1          (15.0)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Provided by Operating Activities                                           1,063.9           1,084.0        1,174.0
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investing Activities
Additions to plant and equipment(a)                                              (627.6)           (708.3)        (767.7)
Acquisitions, less cash acquired(b)                                              (114.8)            (59.2)        (170.4)
Investment in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates                           (39.2)            (38.3)          (5.6)
BOC transaction costs                                                                --                --         (665.8)
Proceeds from sale of assets and investments                                      292.9             497.0          381.8
Other                                                                              (4.9)             31.1             .1
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Used for Investing Activities                                               (493.6)           (277.7)      (1,227.6)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financing Activities
Long-term debt proceeds(a)(b)                                                      61.3             121.0          820.9
Payments on long-term debt                                                       (203.6)           (796.6)        (418.0)
Net (decrease) increase in commercial paper and short-term borrowings            (170.9)              8.0         (182.1)
Dividends paid to shareholders                                                   (175.6)           (165.2)        (155.7)
Purchase of treasury stock                                                           --             (87.2)            --
Issuance of stock for options and award plans                                     103.8              87.1           15.0
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash (Used for) Provided by Financing Activities                                 (385.0)           (832.9)          80.1
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash                                             2.2              (1.3)           6.0
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Items                                        187.5             (27.9)          32.5
Cash and Cash Items--Beginning of Year                                             66.2              94.1           61.6
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and Cash Items--End of Year                                               $  253.7          $   66.2       $   94.1
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Significant noncash transactions:
(a) Capital lease additions                                                    $    3.9          $     .5       $    4.9
(b) Long-term debt assumed in acquisitions                                         20.1                --           24.4

Cash paid during the year for:
  Interest (net of amounts capitalized)                                        $  124.1          $  226.7       $  164.7
  Taxes (net of refunds)                                                          136.5              62.6           92.7

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
</TABLE>


                                       22
<PAGE>

Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Shareholders' Equity
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           Number of                                   Accumulated
                                              Common           Capital in                    Other
                                              Shares   Common   Excess of   Retained Comprehensive  Treasury  Shares in
(millions of dollars, except per share)  Outstanding    Stock   Par Value   Earnings        Income     Stock      Trust      Total
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>           <C>         <C>      <C>            <C>      <C>         <C>       <C>
Balance 30 September 1999                213,044,232   $249.4      $341.5   $3,701.8       $(274.4) $(681.6)    $(375.1)  $2,961.6
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive Income:
 Net income                                                                    124.2                                         124.2
 Translation adjustments, net of
 income tax of $29.3                                                                        (137.3)                         (137.3)
 Net change in unrealized holding
 gains, net of income tax of $1.0                                                              1.8                             1.8
 Change in minimum pension liability,
 net of income tax of $1.3                                                                    2.1                             2.1
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive Loss                                                                                                            (9.2)
Issuance of treasury shares and
shares in trust for stock options
and award plans                            1,174,477                 (7.9)                                         26.3       18.4
Tax benefit of stock option
and award plans                                                       8.6                                                      8.6
Cash dividends ($.74 per share)                                               (158.1)                                       (158.1)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance 30 September 2000                214,218,709   $249.4      $342.2   $3,667.9       $(407.8) $(681.6)    $(348.8)  $2,821.3
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive Income:
 Net income                                                                    465.6                                         465.6
 Net gain on derivatives,
 net of income tax of $1.1                                                                     1.8                             1.8
 Translation adjustments, net of
 income tax of $14.1                                                                         (43.3)                          (43.3)
 Net change in unrealized holding
 gains, net of income tax of $3.8                                                              6.3                             6.3
 Change in minimum pension liability,
 net of income tax of $5.8                                                                    (9.5)                           (9.5)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive Income                                                                                                         420.9
Issuance of shares in trust for
stock options and award plans              3,362,762                 25.0                                          75.7      100.7
Tax benefit of stock option and
award plans                                                          17.7                                                     17.7
Cash dividends ($.78 per share)                                               (167.6)                                       (167.6)
Purchase of treasury shares               (2,118,851)                                                   (87.2)               (87.2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance 30 September 2001                215,462,620   $249.4      $384.9   $3,965.9       $(452.5)   $(768.8)  $(273.1)  $3,105.8
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive Income:
 Net income                                                                    525.4                                         525.4
 Net gain on derivatives,
 net of income tax of $.3                                                                      1.1                             1.1
 Translation adjustments, net of
 income tax of $29.8                                                                          50.1                            50.1
 Net change in unrealized holding
 gains, net of income tax of $1.6                                                             (7.4)                           (7.4)
 Change in minimum pension liability,
 net of income tax of $81.4                                                                 (158.2)                         (158.2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive Income                                                                                                         411.0
Issuance of treasury shares and
shares in trust for stock options
and award plans                            3,072,503                 30.3                                 1.0      68.9      100.2
Tax benefit of stock option and
and award plans                                                      21.9                                                     21.9
Cash dividends ($.82 per share)                                               (178.5)                                       (178.5)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance 30 September 2002                218,535,123   $249.4      $437.1   $4,312.8       $(566.9)   $(767.8)  $(204.2)  $3,460.4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

                                       23
<PAGE>
Notes to the Financial Statements
(millions of dollars, except per share)

1.  Major Accounting Policies

Consolidation Principles

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Air Products and
Chemicals, Inc. and its majority-owned subsidiary companies (the company). The
equity method of accounting is used when the company has a 20% to 50% interest
in other companies and exercises significant influence. Under the equity method,
original investments are recorded at cost and adjusted by the company's share of
undistributed earnings or losses of these companies.

Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from gases and chemicals sales is recognized as risk and title to the
product transfers to the customer, which usually occurs at the time shipment is
made. Revenues from equipment sale contracts are recorded primarily using the
percentage-of-completion method. Under this method, revenues from the sale of
major equipment, such as natural gas liquefaction (LNG) heat exchangers and air
separation units, are recognized primarily based on labor hours incurred to date
compared with total estimated labor hours. Changes to total estimated labor
hours and anticipated losses, if any, are recognized in the period determined.
Sales returns and allowances are not a business practice in the industry.

Amounts billed for shipping and handling fees are classified as sales in the
consolidated income statement. Costs incurred for shipping and handling are
classified as cost of sales.

As of 1 October 2001, the company changed its reporting of demurrage/cylinder
income to include it in revenues. Previously, it was included as an offset to
cost of sales. The consolidated income statements of the prior periods have been
adjusted to reflect this reclassification.

Plant and Equipment

Plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.
Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method, which deducts equal
amounts of the cost of each asset from earnings every year over its expected
useful life. The estimated useful lives primarily range from 5 to 45 years
(principally 30 years) for buildings and components and principally from 15 to
20 years for gas generating and chemical facilities, machinery and equipment.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be
recoverable. The company assesses recoverability by comparing the carrying
amount of the asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be
generated by the asset. If an asset is considered impaired, the impairment loss
to be recognized is measured as the amount by which the asset's carrying amount
exceeds its fair value. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the
lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.

Capitalized Interest

As the company builds new plant and equipment, it includes in the cost of these
assets a portion of the interest payments it makes during the year. The amount
of capitalized interest was $9.4, $6.0 and $17.4 in 2002, 2001 and 2000,
respectively.

Financial Instruments

The company addresses certain financial exposures through a controlled program
of risk management that includes the use of derivative financial instruments.
The company enters into foreign exchange contracts, including forward, option
combination and purchased option contracts, to reduce the effects of fluctuating
foreign currency exchange rates. The company enters into interest rate swap
contracts to reduce interest rate risks and to modify the interest rate
characteristics of its outstanding debt. The company also is party to interest
rate and currency swap agreements. Major financial institutions are
counterparties to these contracts. The company has established counterparty
credit guidelines and only enters into transactions with financial institutions
of investment grade or better. Management believes the risk of incurring losses
related to credit risk is remote, and any losses would be immaterial to
consolidated financial results.

                                       24
<PAGE>
The company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 133,
"Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," and SFAS No.
138, "Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging
Activities," an amendment of SFAS No. 133, on 1 October 2000. These Statements
establish accounting and reporting standards that require every derivative
instrument (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other
contracts) to be recorded on the balance sheet as either an asset or a liability
measured at its fair value. SFAS No. 133 requires the transition adjustment
resulting from adopting these Statements to be reported in net income or
accumulated other comprehensive income, as appropriate, as the cumulative effect
of a change in accounting principle.

In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 133, as amended, the company
recognizes all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. On the date the
derivative instrument is entered into, the company generally designates the
derivative as either (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or
liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (fair value hedge), (2) a hedge
of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received
or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge), or (3) a
hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. Changes in the fair value of a
derivative that is designated as and meets all the required criteria for a fair
value hedge, along with the gain or loss on the hedged asset or liability that
is attributable to the hedged risk, are recorded in current period earnings.
Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated as and meets all
the required criteria for a cash flow hedge are recorded in accumulated other
comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings as the underlying hedged
item affects earnings. Changes in the fair value of a derivative or
nonderivative that is designated as and meets all the required criteria for a
hedge of a net investment are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive
income. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is not designated as a
hedge are recorded immediately in earnings.

The company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and
hedged items, as well as its risk-management objective and strategy for
undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes relating all
derivatives that are designated as fair value or cash flow hedges to specific
assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments or
forecasted transactions. The company also formally assesses, both at the
inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether each derivative is
highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the
hedged item. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a
hedge, or if a derivative ceases to be a highly effective hedge, the company
will discontinue hedge accounting with respect to that derivative prospectively.

On 1 October 2000, the company recorded the fair value of all outstanding
derivative instruments as assets or liabilities on the balance sheet. The
transition adjustment was not material to earnings or to accumulated other
comprehensive income. Due to the immateriality of the transition amount to
earnings, this amount was included in other income.

Prior to 1 October 2000, the fair value of interest rate swap agreements was not
recognized in the financial statements. The net amount to be paid or received
was accrued as interest rates changed and recognized over the life of the
agreements as an adjustment of interest expense. Gains and losses on the
currency component of interest rate and currency swap contracts, which were
entered into to hedge lending transactions, were recognized in income and offset
the foreign exchange gains and losses of the related transaction. Gains and
losses on the currency component of interest rate and currency swap contracts,
which were entered into to hedge investments in certain foreign subsidiaries and
foreign equity affiliates, were not included in the income statement but were
shown in accumulated other comprehensive income. The interest component of these
contracts was accounted for similarly to other interest rate swap agreements.
Gains and losses on terminated interest rate swap agreements were amortized into
income over the remaining life of the debt obligation or the remaining life of
the original swap, if shorter. The accounting for terminated interest rate swap
agreements did not change with the implementation of SFAS No. 133.

Prior to 1 October 2000, forward exchange and option combination contracts used
to hedge firm commitments and purchased foreign currency options used to hedge
firm commitments and certain highly anticipated cash flows were designated as,
and effective as, hedges. Gains and losses from these agreements were deferred
and reflected as adjustments of the related foreign currency transactions. Gains
and losses on terminated contracts, for which hedge criteria were met, were
deferred and recognized as adjustments of the related foreign currency
transactions. Gains and losses on forward exchange contracts used to hedge the
value of investments in subsidiaries and equity affiliates were included in
accumulated other comprehensive income. Contracts that were not designated as
hedges were marked to market, and the gains and losses from changes in market
value of these contracts were included in the income statement.


                                       25
<PAGE>
Foreign Currency

The value of the U.S. dollar rises and falls day to day on foreign currency
exchanges. Since the company does business in many foreign countries, these
fluctuations affect the company's financial position and results of operations.

Generally, foreign subsidiaries translate their assets and liabilities into U.S.
dollars at current exchange rates--that is, the rates in effect at the end of
the fiscal period. The gains or losses that result from this process are shown
in accumulated other comprehensive income in the shareholders' equity section of
the balance sheet.

The revenue and expense accounts of foreign subsidiaries are translated into
U.S. dollars at the average exchange rates that prevailed during the period.
Therefore, the U.S. dollar value of these items on the income statement
fluctuates from period to period, depending on the value of the dollar against
foreign currencies. Some transactions are made in currencies different from an
entity's functional currency. Gains and losses from these foreign currency
transactions are generally included in income as they occur.

Environmental Expenditures

Accruals for investigatory and noncapital remediation costs are recorded when it
is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be
reasonably estimated. Remediation costs are capitalized if the costs improve the
company's property as compared with the condition of the property when
originally constructed or acquired, or if the costs prevent environmental
contamination from future operations. Costs to operate and maintain the
capitalized facilities are expensed as incurred.

The measurement of environmental liabilities is based on an evaluation of
currently available facts with respect to each individual site and considers
factors such as existing technology, presently enacted laws and regulations and
prior experience in remediation of contaminated sites. These liabilities include
costs related to other potentially responsible parties to the extent that the
company has reason to believe such parties will not fully pay their
proportionate share. They also do not take into account any claims for
recoveries from insurance and are not discounted. As assessments and remediation
progress at individual sites, these liabilities are reviewed periodically and
adjusted to reflect additional technical and legal information that becomes
available. Actual costs to be incurred at identified sites in future periods may
vary from the estimates, given inherent uncertainties in evaluating
environmental exposures. The accruals for environmental liabilities are
reflected in the balance sheet, primarily as part of other noncurrent
liabilities.

Stock-Based Compensation

The company applies Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25,
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and related interpretations in
accounting for its stock option plans. Accordingly, no compensation expense has
been recognized for the stock option plans. SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation," requires disclosure of pro forma net income and pro
forma earnings per share amounts as if compensation expense was recognized.
These disclosures are presented in Note 14.

Income Taxes

The company accounts for income taxes under the liability method. Under this
method, deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the tax effects
of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets
and liabilities using enacted tax rates. A principal temporary difference
results from the excess of tax depreciation over book depreciation because
accelerated methods of depreciation and shorter useful lives are used for income
tax purposes. The cumulative impact of a change in tax rates or regulations is
included in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

Cash and Cash Items

Cash and cash items include cash, time deposits and certificates of deposit
acquired with an original maturity of three months or less.

Allowances for Doubtful Accounts

Trade receivables are stated less allowances for doubtful accounts. The
allowances represent estimated uncollectible receivables associated with
potential customer defaults on contractual obligations, usually due to
customers' potential insolvency. The allowances include amounts for certain
customers where a risk of default has been specifically identified. In addition,
the allowances include a provision for customer defaults on a general formula
basis when it is determined the risk of some default is probable and estimable,
but cannot yet be associated with specific customers. The assessment of the
likelihood of customer defaults is based on various factors, including the
length of time the receivables are past due, historical experience and existing
economic conditions.


                                       26
<PAGE>
Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. The cost of chemical
inventories and some gas and equipment inventories in the United States is
determined using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method. The cost of other
inventories is principally determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO)
method.

Goodwill

When a company is acquired, the difference between the fair value of its net
assets, including intangibles, and the purchase price is goodwill. Goodwill is
recorded as an asset on the balance sheet.

In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No.
142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." SFAS No. 142 addresses financial
accounting and reporting for acquired goodwill and other intangible assets. The
Statement provides that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are
no longer amortized on a recurring basis but instead are subject to impairment
testing at least annually. The company adopted SFAS No. 142 on 1 October 2001.
Accordingly, the company no longer amortizes goodwill, including goodwill
associated with investments in equity affiliates. In accordance with the
provisions of SFAS No. 142, the company performed impairment tests on goodwill
which indicated no impairment. Disclosures required by SFAS No. 142 are
presented in Note 10.

Prior to 1 October 2001, the company amortized goodwill into income over periods
not exceeding 40 years.

Shares in Trust

The company has established a trust, funded with treasury stock, to provide for
a portion of future payments to employees under the company's existing
compensation and benefit programs. Shares issued to the trust were valued at
market price on the date of contribution and reflected as a reduction of
shareholders' equity in the balance sheet. As shares are transferred from the
trust to fund compensation and benefit obligations, this equity account is
reduced based on the original cost of shares to the trust; the satisfaction of
liabilities is based on the fair value of shares transferred; and the difference
between the fair value of shares transferred and the original cost of shares to
the trust is charged or credited to capital in excess of par value.

Reclassifications

As discussed under Revenue Recognition above, the company changed its reporting
of demurrage/cylinder income to include it in revenues as of 1 October 2001.

In April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, "Rescission of FASB Statements No.
4, 44 and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13 and Technical Corrections."
This Statement rescinds SFAS No. 4, "Reporting Gains and Losses from
Extinguishment of Debt," and SFAS No. 64, "Extinguishments of Debt Made to
Satisfy Sinking-Fund Requirements." The Statement requires gains and losses from
debt extinguishments that are used as part of the company's risk management
strategy to be classified as income from operations rather than as extraordinary
items, net of tax. The company adopted this Statement as of 1 July 2002. The
impact on the company was to reclassify the extraordinary item recorded in the
fourth quarter of the prior year to income from continuing operations.

2.  New Accounting Standards


Standards Adopted 2002

As discussed in Note 1, the company adopted SFAS No. 142 and SFAS No. 145 during
2002.

Recently Issued Standards

In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement
Obligations." The Statement applies to legal obligations associated with the
retirement of long-lived assets that result from the acquisition, construction,
development and normal operation of long-lived assets. The Statement requires
that the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation be
recognized in the period in which it is incurred. The liability is measured at
discounted fair value and is adjusted to its present value in subsequent periods
as accretion expense is recorded. The corresponding asset retirement costs are
capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset and
depreciated over the asset's useful life. The company will adopt this Statement
effective 1 October 2002. Upon adoption, the company will recognize transition
amounts for existing asset retirement obligation liabilities, associated
capitalizable costs and accumulated depreciation. The after-tax transition
charge of $4 will be recorded as a cumulative effect of an accounting change.
The on-going expense on an annual basis resulting from the initial adoption of
the Statement is estimated to be $1.


                                       27
<PAGE>
In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or
Disposal of Long-Lived Assets." The Statement supersedes SFAS No. 121,
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
Be Disposed Of." The Statement also supersedes APB Opinion No. 30 provisions
related to the accounting and reporting for the disposal of a segment of a
business. This Statement establishes a single accounting model, based on the
framework established in SFAS No. 121, for long-lived assets to be disposed of
by sale. The Statement retains most of the requirements in SFAS No. 121 related
to the recognition of impairment of long-lived assets to be held and used.
Additionally, SFAS No. 144 broadens the definition of businesses that qualify
for reporting as discontinued operations and changes the timing of recognizing
losses on such operations. The company will adopt this Statement as of 1 October
2002. The company does not believe this Statement will have a material effect on
the company's financial statements.

In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated
with Exit or Disposal Activities." This Statement addresses the accounting for
costs associated with disposal activities covered by SFAS No. 144, "Accounting
for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets," and with exit
(restructuring) activities previously covered by Emerging Issues Task Force
(EITF) Issue No. 94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination
Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity." This Statement nullifies EITF
Issue No. 94-3 in its entirety and requires that a liability for all costs be
recognized when the liability is incurred. Generally, the ability to accrue for
the cost of a workforce reduction plan at the communication date will be
limited. The cost of the plan will be recognized over the future service period
of the employees. The Statement will be applied prospectively to exit or
disposal activities initiated after 30 September 2002.

3.  Special Items

(Income)/Charges                          2002          2001         2000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Global cost reduction plans             $ 30.8        $109.2       $ 55.4
Sale of U.S. packaged gas
business                                 (55.7)           --           --
Litigation settlement                       --           6.0           --
Loss on early retirement of debt            --          75.8           --
Sale of interest in
cogeneration facilities                     --        (101.6)          --
Sale of polyvinyl alcohol business          --            --       (126.8)
Sale of packaged gas facilities             --            --         (6.3)
BOC transaction                             --            --        730.4
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Before Tax                        $(24.9)       $ 89.4       $652.7
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
After-Tax Impact                        $ (6.8)       $ 53.7       $408.4
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted Earnings per Share               $(.03)         $.25        $1.89
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Global Cost Reduction Plans

In 2002, the company recorded a charge of $30.8 for a global cost reduction plan
(2002 Plan), including U.S. packaged gas divestiture related reductions. This
charge included $27.1 for severance and pension related benefits and $3.7 for
asset impairments related to the planned sale or closure of two small chemical
facilities. The company will eliminate 333 positions in areas of manufacturing,
engineering, distribution and overheads. As of 30 September 2002, 214 positions
have been eliminated, with completion of the 2002 Plan expected by 31 March
2003. The total charge of $30.8 was reflected in the income statement as
follows: cost of sales ($13.4), selling and administrative ($14.1), research and
development ($.4) and other expense ($2.9).

In 2001, the company recorded a charge of $109.2 for a global cost reduction
plan (2001 Plan). This charge included $79.6 for severance benefits and pension
plan settlements and $29.6 for asset impairments and related restructuring
charges. The 2001 Plan included 670 position eliminations in the areas of
manufacturing, engineering, distribution and overheads. The company decided to
divest several small facilities, which required a write-down of the net carrying
value to the estimated net realizable value. The net carrying value of the
assets to be disposed of was $11.1 and $27.7 in the Gases and Chemicals
segments, respectively. The total charge of $109.2 was reflected in the income
statement as follows: cost of sales ($26.9), selling and administrative ($53.4),
research and development ($.7) and other expense ($28.2).


                                       28
<PAGE>
The 2001 Plan was completed in 2002, with 644 positions eliminated and total
expenses of $101.5 incurred. The balance of the accrual of $7.7 was reversed
into income during 2002.

In 2000, the company recorded a charge of $55.4 for a global cost reduction plan
(2000 Plan). The 2000 Plan included 450 position eliminations in the areas of
manufacturing, engineering, distribution and overheads, resulting in a charge of
$47.9 for severance benefits. The 2000 Plan was completed in 2001, with 416
positions eliminated and total expenses of $45.7 incurred. A charge of $7.5 was
recognized for asset impairments related to the rationalization of three small
facilities in Europe. The total charge of $55.4 was reflected in the income
statement as follows: cost of sales ($20.6), selling and administrative ($25.4),
research and development ($1.9) and other expense ($7.5).

The following table summarizes changes to the carrying amount of the accrual for
global cost reduction plans:

Balance as of              Severance       Pension       Other(a)    Total
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30 September 1999              $14.4         $  --      $  --       $ 14.4
Provision                       38.5           9.4        7.5         55.4
Cash expenditures              (29.4)           --         --        (29.4)
Noncash charges                   --          (9.4)      (7.5)       (16.9)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30 September 2000              $23.5         $  --      $  --       $ 23.5
Provision                       57.6          22.0       29.6        109.2
Cash expenditures              (29.8)           --       (4.3)       (34.1)
Noncash charges                   --         (22.0)     (23.8)       (45.8)
Reverse 2000 Plan balance       (2.2)           --         --         (2.2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30 September 2001              $49.1         $  --      $ 1.5       $ 50.6
Provision                       16.4          10.7        3.7         30.8
Cash expenditures              (51.6)           --        (.9)       (52.5)
Noncash charges                   --         (10.7)      (3.7)       (14.4)
Reverse 2001 Plan balance       (7.1)           --        (.6)        (7.7)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30 September 2002              $ 6.8         $  --      $  --       $  6.8
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(a) Asset impairments and related expenses are included in the other category.

Sale of U.S. Packaged Gas Business

On 28 February 2002, the company completed the sale of the majority of its U.S.
packaged gas business, excluding the electronic gases and magnetic resonance
imaging related helium operations, to Airgas, Inc. This sale included
approximately 100 facilities in 30 states associated with the filling and
distribution of cylinders, liquid dewars, tube trailers and other containers of
industrial gases and nonelectronic specialty gases and the retail selling of
welding hard goods, including customer service centers, warehouses and other
related assets. The company also sold its packaged gas operations in the
Carolinas and in Southern Virginia to National Welders Supply Company, Inc., a
joint venture between Airgas and the Turner family of Charlotte, N.C. The assets
sold generated approximately $240 in revenues in 2001, with a modest
contribution to operating income. For the five months ended 28 February 2002,
the revenues were approximately $100, also with a modest contribution to
operating income. These facilities employed 1,200 people. The cash proceeds from
these transactions were $254.5.

Loss on Early Retirement of Debt

In August 2001, the company retired $459.6 principal amount of various
medium-term notes as well as $81.5 of an 8.75% debenture for an aggregate
principal retirement of $541.1. A loss of $75.8 was incurred as a result of the
early retirement of debt, consisting principally of retirement premiums.

Sale of Interest in Cogeneration Facilities

In the fourth quarter of 2001, the company sold its 50% interest in two
cogeneration facilities located in Cambria County, Pennsylvania and Orlando,
Florida. The Cambria facility uses a coal by-product to generate electricity,
with power generation capability of 88 megawatts. The Orlando facility is a
natural gas-fired power plant with power generation capability of 115 megawatts.
These investments contributed approximately $11 and $12 to net income in 2001
and 2000, respectively.

Sale of Polyvinyl Alcohol Business

In September 2000, the company completed the sale of its polyvinyl alcohol
business for $326.0. Included in the sale were working capital and production
facilities at Pasadena, Texas and Calvert City, Kentucky. The facilities produce
200 million pounds of polyvinyl alcohol per year and employ 200 people. Sales in
2000 were $194.2, with essentially no operating profit contribution.

BOC Transaction

The company, The BOC Group plc (BOC) and L'Air Liquide S.A. (Air Liquide) of
France announced in July 1999 that they had agreed to the terms of a recommended
offer for the share capital of BOC. In May 2000, the company and Air Liquide
announced that the Federal Trade Commission had indicated it would not approve
the offer by 12 May 2000, the date on which the period for satisfying the
preconditions to the offer would expire, and the offer was not extended


                                       29
<PAGE>
beyond 12 May 2000. The charge of $730.4 included $594.6 for losses on purchased
currency option and forward exchange contracts entered into to hedge the
currency exposure of the transaction. The remaining charge of $135.8 consisted
of the BOC fee paid and transaction expenses.

4.  Acquisitions

San Fu Gas Company, Ltd.

Acquisitions in 2002, totaling $134.9, principally included the purchase of an
additional 22% of the outstanding shares of San Fu Chemical Company, Ltd. (San
Fu), increasing the company's ownership interest from 48% to 70%. Subsequently,
the name of this company was changed to San Fu Gas Company, Ltd. Since 1987, the
company has had a joint venture arrangement with San Fu, the largest industrial
gas company in Taiwan. San Fu is a full-service industrial gas and chemical
company with a broad product portfolio supplying specialty gases, electronic
piping and equipment, liquid bulk gases, on-site/pipeline gases and chemicals to
the Taiwan marketplace. This investment is consistent with the company's
strategy of investing in growth markets (Asia) and industries (electronics) and
will provide a stronger foundation for growth in both Taiwan and China.

As of 30 June 2002, the company accounted for its investment in San Fu using the
equity method. In July 2002, the company obtained control through the
acquisition of an additional 22% of the outstanding shares. San Fu had revenues
of approximately $215 for the twelve months ended 30 September 2002. As part of
this transaction, put options have been issued which give other shareholders the
right to sell San Fu stock to the company at market price when exercised. The
options are effective from January 2005 through January 2015 and allow for the
sale of all stock owned by other shareholders to the company.


Korea Industrial Gases, Ltd.

Acquisitions in 2000, totaling $194.8, principally included the purchase in
December 1999 of the remaining 51% of the shares of Korea Industrial Gases, Ltd.
(KIG). KIG is the largest industrial gas company in Korea. Since 1980, the
company had a joint venture arrangement with KIG. As a result of the purchase of
the remaining outstanding shares, KIG is a wholly owned subsidiary of the
company. KIG is a full-service industrial gas company with a broad product
portfolio supplying specialty gases, liquid bulk gases, on-site/pipeline gases
and noncryogenic units to the Korean marketplace.


5.  Subsequent Events

In October 2002, the company acquired American Homecare Supply, LLC (AHS), a
homecare market leader throughout the northeastern United States, for
approximately $165. In November 2002, AHS acquired Home Health Services, Inc., a
provider of homecare services located in West Virginia. Prior to these
acquisitions, the company and its affiliates had a homecare position serving
approximately 180,000 patients. With these acquisitions, the company and its
affiliates will provide home medical services to more than 280,000 patients in
14 countries from more than 200 locations, a significant step in the company's
strategy to be a global healthcare provider. With annual sales of more than $120
and more than 800 employees, AHS is ranked among the ten largest U.S. homecare
providers of respiratory therapy and home medical equipment.


6.  Financial Instruments

Currency Risk Management

The company does business in many foreign countries. Therefore, its earnings,
cash flows and financial position are exposed to foreign currency risk from
foreign currency denominated transactions and net investments in foreign
operations.

It is the policy of the company to minimize its cash flow exposure to adverse
changes in currency and exchange rates. This is accomplished by identifying and
evaluating the risk that the company's cash flows will decline in value due to
changes in exchange rates, and by determining the appropriate strategies
necessary to manage such exposures. The company's objective is to maintain
economically balanced currency risk management strategies that provide adequate
downside protection.

The company enters into a variety of foreign exchange contracts, including
forward, option combination and purchased option contracts, to hedge its
exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. These agreements
generally involve the exchange of one currency for a second currency at some
future date.

The company enters into foreign exchange contracts, including forward, option
combination and purchased option contracts, to reduce the cash flow exposure to
foreign currency fluctuations associated with certain monetary assets and
liabilities, as well as highly anticipated cash flows and certain firm
commitments. Examples of such exposures are the purchase of plant and equipment
and export sales


                                       30
<PAGE>
transactions. Forward exchange contracts are also used to hedge the value of
investments in certain foreign subsidiaries and affiliates by creating a
liability in a currency in which the company has a net equity position. The
company also uses foreign currency denominated debt to hedge certain net
investments in foreign operations.

Certain forward exchange contracts entered into by the company are not
designated as hedging instruments. Contracts used to hedge the exposure to
foreign currency fluctuations associated with certain monetary assets and
liabilities are not designated as hedging instruments, and changes in the fair
value of these items are recorded in earnings to offset the foreign exchange
gains and losses of the monetary assets and liabilities. Other forward exchange
contracts may be used to economically hedge foreign currency exposures that are
not designated as hedging instruments due to the immaterial amount of the
underlying hedged exposures. Changes in the fair value of these contracts are
also recorded in earnings.

Debt Portfolio Management

It is the policy of the company to identify on a continuing basis the need for
debt capital and evaluate the financial risks inherent in funding the company
with debt capital. Reflecting the result of this on-going review, the debt
portfolio and hedging program of the company is managed with the objectives and
intent to (1) reduce funding risk with respect to borrowings made or to be made
by the company to preserve the company's access to debt capital and provide debt
capital as required for funding and liquidity purposes, and (2) reduce the
aggregate interest rate risk of the debt portfolio in accordance with certain
debt management parameters.

The company enters into interest rate swap agreements to change the
fixed/variable interest rate mix of its debt portfolio in order to maintain the
percentage of fixed- and variable-rate debt within the parameters set by
management. In accordance with these parameters, the agreements are used to
reduce interest rate risks and costs inherent in the company's debt portfolio.
The notional amount of these agreements is equal to or less than the designated
debt instrument being hedged. The variable rate bases of the swap instruments
and the debt to which they are designated are the same. It is the company's
policy not to enter into any interest rate swap contracts which lever a move in
interest rates on a greater than one-to-one basis.

The company is also party to interest rate and currency swap contracts. These
contracts entail both the exchange of fixed- and floating-rate interest payments
periodically over the life of the agreement and the exchange of one currency for
another currency at inception and at a specified future date. These contracts
effectively convert the currency denomination of a debt instrument into another
currency in which the company has a net equity position while changing the
interest rate characteristics of the instrument. The contracts are used to hedge
intercompany and third-party borrowing transactions and certain net investments
in foreign operations.

Fair Value Hedges

For the years ended 30 September 2002 and 2001, there was no material gain or
loss recognized in earnings resulting from hedge ineffectiveness or from
excluding a portion of derivative instruments' gain or loss from the assessment
of hedge effectiveness related to derivatives designated as fair value hedges.
Also, the amount recognized in earnings in 2002 and 2001 as a result of a hedged
firm commitment no longer qualifying as a fair value hedge was not material.

Cash Flow Hedges

For the years ended 30 September 2002 and 2001, there was no material gain or
loss recognized in earnings resulting from hedge ineffectiveness or from
excluding a portion of derivative instruments' gain or loss from the assessment
of hedge effectiveness related to derivatives designated as cash flow hedges.

The amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into
earnings as a result of the discontinuance of foreign currency cash flow hedges
due to the probability of the original forecasted transactions not occurring by
the original specified time period was not material in 2002 and 2001. The amount
in other comprehensive income expected to be reclassified into earnings in 2003
is also not material.

As of 30 September 2002, the maximum length of time over which the company is
hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows for forecasted
transactions is three years.

Hedges of Net Investments in Foreign Operations

For the years ended 30 September 2002 and 2001, $68.2 and $19.8, respectively,
of net losses related to hedges of net investments in foreign operations were
included in accumulated other comprehensive income within shareholders' equity.


                                       31
<PAGE>
Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Summarized below are the carrying values and fair values of the company's
financial instruments as of 30 September 2002 and 2001.

The fair values of the company's debt, interest rate swap agreements, interest
rate and currency swap contracts, forward exchange contracts, option combination
contracts and purchased foreign currency options are based on estimates using
standard pricing models that take into account the present value of future cash
flows as of the balance sheet date. The computation of fair values of these
instruments is generally performed by the company.

The fair value of other investments is based principally on quoted market
prices. The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet for cash and cash
items, accrued liabilities, accrued income taxes and short-term borrowings
approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.
Accordingly, these items have been excluded from the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   2002             2002             2001             2001
                               Carrying             Fair         Carrying             Fair
30 September                      Value            Value            Value            Value
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assets (Liabilities)
<S>                            <C>             <C>              <C>             <C>
Other investments             $    50.1        $    50.1         $   52.1        $    52.1

Currency option
contracts                           1.1              1.1              1.6             1.6

Interest rate swap
agreements                         20.6             20.6              2.1             2.1

Interest rate and
currency swap
contracts                           6.2              6.2             14.7            14.7

Forward exchange
contracts                          (3.5)            (3.5)            25.5            25.5

Long-term debt,
including current
portion                        (2,268.1)        (2,387.4)        (2,222.0)       (2,344.4)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


7.  Inventories

The components of inventories are as follows:

30 September                                        2002           2001
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Inventories at FIFO Cost
Finished goods                                    $276.8         $282.7
Work in process                                     35.7           35.8
Raw materials and supplies                         107.9          128.0
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   420.4          446.5
Less excess of FIFO cost over LIFO cost            (27.8)         (36.0)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  $392.6         $410.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------

Inventories valued using the LIFO method comprised 46.1% and 44.6% of
consolidated inventories before LIFO adjustment at 30 September 2002 and 2001,
respectively. Liquidation of prior years' LIFO inventory layers in 2002, 2001
and 2000 did not materially affect cost of sales in any of these years.

FIFO cost approximates replacement cost. The company's inventories have a high
turnover, and as a result there is little difference between the original cost
of an item and its current replacement cost.


8.  Summarized Financial Information of Equity Affiliates

The following table presents summarized financial information on a combined 100%
basis of the principal companies accounted for by the equity method. Amounts
presented include the accounts of the following equity affiliates: Stockton
CoGen Company (50%); Pure Air on the Lake, L.P. (50%); Bangkok Cogeneration
Company Limited (48.8%); Daido Air Products Electronics, Inc. (49%); Sapio
Produzione Idrogeno Ossigeno S.r.L. (49%); INFRA Group (40%); Air Products South
Africa (50%); Bangkok Industrial Gases Company Ltd. (50.6%); INOX Air Products
Limited (INOX) (49.4%); APP GmbH in WPS GmbH & CoKG (20%); DuPont Air Products
Nanomaterials, LLC (50%); Island


                                       32
<PAGE>

Pipeline Gas (33%); Tyczka Industrie-Gases GmbH (50%); and principally other
industrial gas producers. In the fourth quarter of 2002, the company obtained
control of San Fu after increasing its ownership interest from 48% to 70%. In
the fourth quarter of 2001, the company sold its 50% interest in Cambria CoGen
Company and Orlando CoGen Limited. Amounts presented reflect the accounts of
these companies for the periods during which the equity method was applied.

                                      2002               2001
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Current assets                    $  732.6           $  833.9
Noncurrent assets                  1,148.7            1,391.0
Current liabilities                  572.5              605.1
Noncurrent liabilities               452.2              620.3
Net sales                          1,608.8            1,690.2
Sales less cost of sales             543.0              611.5
Net income                           196.3              219.4
- -----------------------------------------------------------------

The company's share of income of all equity affiliates for 2002, 2001 and 2000
was $88.7, $91.1 and $99.6, respectively. These amounts exclude $12.5, $9.9 and
$12.0 of related net expenses incurred by the company. Dividends received from
equity affiliates were $42.0, $44.9 and $49.7 in 2002, 2001 and 2000,
respectively.

The investment in net assets of and advances to equity affiliates at
30 September 2002 and 2001 included investment in foreign affiliates of $449.5
and $465.9, respectively.

As of 30 September 2002 and 2001, the amount of investment in companies
accounted for by the equity method included goodwill in the amount of $69.6 and
$77.2, respectively. Goodwill is no longer amortized, as discussed in Note 1.


9.  Plant and Equipment

The major classes of plant and equipment, at cost, are as follows:

30 September                                      2002            2001
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Land                                         $   163.3       $   130.0
Buildings                                        698.6           682.4
Gas generating and chemical facilities,
machinery and equipment                        9,616.3         8,996.6
Construction in progress                         401.6           417.5
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             $10,879.8       $10,226.5
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


10. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Changes to the carrying amount of consolidated goodwill by segment are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Balance as of                          Gases         Chemicals      Equipment         Total
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>                                   <C>             <C>               <C>          <C>
30 September 2000                     $255.6          $90.9             $8.5         $355.0
Amortization expense                   (10.1)          (3.4)             (.3)         (13.8)
Acquisitions and adjustments            45.0             --               --           45.0
Currency translation and other          (1.3)           (.4)              .2           (1.5)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30 September 2001                     $289.2          $87.1             $8.4         $384.7
Acquisitions and adjustments            64.1             --               --           64.1
Currency translation and other          15.1            2.5              1.0           18.6
Goodwill related to the sale of
U.S. packaged gas business             (36.3)            --               --          (36.3)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30 September 2002                     $332.1          $89.6             $9.4         $431.1
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The 2002 increase in goodwill was principally due to the acquisition of an
additional interest in San Fu. In 2001, the increase in goodwill resulted from
several acquisitions in support of worldwide expansion of the Gases business.


                                       33
<PAGE>
Goodwill associated with the divested U.S. packaged gas business in 2002 was
included in the carrying amount of the business in determining the gain on
disposal. The amount of goodwill included in the carrying amount of the divested
business was based on the relative fair value of the divested business to the
total reporting unit. The fair values of the reporting unit were determined
using the expected present value of future cash flows.

The following table presents the adjusted net income and adjusted per share
amounts for the years ended 30 September 2001 and 2000, as if goodwill had not
been amortized. Total goodwill amortization, which is shown after-tax, includes
both consolidated companies and equity affiliates.

                                           2002            2001          2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Income
As reported                              $525.4          $465.6        $124.2
Effect of goodwill amortization              --            14.8          15.0
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As adjusted                              $525.4          $480.4        $139.2
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic Earnings Per Share
As reported                               $2.42           $2.17          $.58
Effect of goodwill amortization              --             .07           .07
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As adjusted                               $2.42           $2.24          $.65
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted Earnings Per Share
As reported                               $2.36           $2.12          $.57
Effect of goodwill amortization              --             .07           .07
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As adjusted                               $2.36           $2.19          $.64
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Intangible assets, excluding goodwill, are primarily customer relationships,
purchased technology and patents and are included in other noncurrent assets.
Net intangible assets were $70.9 and $55.9 at 30 September 2002 and 2001,
respectively. Amortization expense related to intangible assets is not material.


11. Long-Term Debt

The following table shows the company's outstanding debt at the end of 2002 and
2001, excluding any portion of the debt required to be repaid within a year:

30 September                          Maturities          2002           2001
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Payable in U.S. Dollars:
  Debentures: (effective rate)
    8.50% (8.55%)                           2006      $  100.0       $  100.0
    8.75% (8.95%)                           2021          18.4           18.4
  Notes: (effective rate)
    7.375% (7.54%)                          2005         150.0          150.0
    6.25% (6.30%)                           2003          --            100.0
    Medium-term notes:
      Weighted average rate
      Series D 6.8%                 2004 to 2016         223.0          223.0
      Series E 7.6%                 2008 to 2026          17.4           17.4
      Series F 6.5%                 2007 to 2010         133.0          133.0
  Other: 1.8%                       2003 to 2037         288.4          251.1
  Less: Unamortized discount                              (2.6)          (3.5)
Payable in Other Currencies
  Euro bonds 6.0%                           2005         493.5          457.0
  Euro bonds 6.5%                           2007         296.1          274.2
  Other 5.9%                        2004 to 2009         293.3          270.7
Capital Lease Obligations:
  United States 7.3%                2003 to 2006           3.4            5.5
  Foreign  6.8%                     2003 to 2007          27.1           30.7
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      $2,041.0       $2,027.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Various debt agreements to which the company is a party include certain
financial covenants and other restrictions, including restrictions pertaining to
the ability to create property liens and enter into certain sale and leaseback
transactions. The company is in compliance with all financial debt covenants.

The company has obtained the commitment of a number of commercial banks to lend
money at market rates whenever needed. These committed lines of credit also are
used to support the issuance of commercial paper. At 30 September 2002, the
company's committed lines of credit totaled $600, maturing in January 2005. No
borrowings were outstanding under these commitments at the end of 2002.
Additional commitments of $63.2 are maintained by the company's foreign
subsidiaries, of which $15.9 was borrowed and outstanding at 30 September 2002.


                                       34
<PAGE>
Maturities of long-term debt in each of the next five years are as follows:
$227.1 in 2003, $181.6 in 2004, $717.7 in 2005, $241.5 in 2006 and $417.7 in
2007.


12. Leases

Capital leases, primarily for machinery and equipment, are included with owned
plant and equipment on the balance sheet in the amount of $56.5 and $59.3 at the
end of 2002 and 2001, respectively. Related amounts of accumulated depreciation
are $36.1 and $32.2, respectively.

Operating leases, including month-to-month agreements, cost the company $102.7
in 2002, $91.0 in 2001 and $89.7 in 2000.

During 2001, the company sold and leased back certain U.S. cryogenic vessel
equipment resulting in proceeds of $301.9. This operating lease has a five-year
term with purchase and renewal options. The company recognized a deferred gain
of $134.7 on this sale-leaseback. This amount was included in other noncurrent
liabilities.

At 30 September 2002, minimum payments due under leases are as follows:

                          Capital            Operating
                           Leases               Leases
- -------------------------------------------------------------
2003                        $11.1               $ 51.4
2004                          9.0                 39.4
2005                         20.6                 33.2
2006                          2.5                 28.0
2007                          2.6                 11.4
2008 and thereafter            --                 67.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------
                            $45.8               $231.0
- -------------------------------------------------------------


The present value of the above future capital lease payments is included in the
liability section of the balance sheet. At the end of 2002, $10.4 was classified
as current and $30.5 as long term.


13. Capital Stock

The authorized Capital Stock consists of 25 million preferred shares with a par
value of $1 per share, none of which was outstanding at 30 September 2002, and
300 million shares of Common Stock with a par value of $1 per share.

In 1994, the company established a trust to fund a portion of future payments to
employees under existing compensation and benefit programs. The trust, which is
administered by an independent trustee, was initially funded with 20 million
shares of Treasury Stock. It does not increase or alter the amount of benefits
or compensation that is paid under existing plans. The establishment of the
trust does not have an effect on earnings per share or return on average
shareholders' equity.

In 1998, the Board of Directors adopted a shareholder rights plan under which
common stockholders receive an associated right to purchase one one-thousandth
(1/1,000) of a share of Series A Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock, par
value $1 per share. Such rights are exercisable at a price of $345 and only in
the event of certain changes or potential changes in the beneficial ownership of
the company's Common Stock, which could result in a person or group owning more
than 15% of the outstanding Common Stock ("Acquiring Person"). If such rights
become exercisable, the rights would entitle the stockholder (other than the
Acquiring Person) to purchase for the purchase price (i) that number of one
one-thousandths of a share of Series A Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock
or (ii) that number of shares of common stock of the surviving company (in the
event of a business combination with the Acquiring Person or asset purchase of
50% or more of the company's assets by the Acquiring Person), with a value equal
to two times the purchase price of the right. The rights will expire on 19 March
2008 unless earlier redeemed by the company.

14. Stock Option and Award Plans

Stock Options

Under various plans, executives, employees and outside directors receive awards
of options to purchase common stock. Under all awards, the terms are fixed at
the grant date. Generally, the exercise price equals the market price of the
company's stock on the date of the grant. In October 1998, the company granted
697,300 premium-priced stock options in addition to the fair market value stock
options. Options under the plans generally vest from one to three years, and the
option's maximum term is 10 years. Options issued to directors are exercisable
six months after the grant date.

The company has savings-related stock option plans in which eligible employees
in the United Kingdom may purchase stock at a price based on 90% of the stock
price on the grant date.


                                       35
<PAGE>

The following table reflects activity under all stock option plans:

                                             Number of         Average
                                                Shares           Price
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at 30 September 1999            19,327,694          $29.83
Granted                                      4,312,628           28.21
Exercised                                   (1,062,607)          14.56
Forfeited                                     (421,217)          33.62
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at 30 September 2000            22,156,498          $30.18
Granted                                      4,592,600           35.83
Exercised                                   (3,039,223)          24.93
Forfeited                                     (536,668)          33.61
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at 30 September 2001            23,173,207          $31.69
Granted                                      5,454,587           37.82
Exercised                                   (2,756,780)          27.55
Forfeited                                     (422,442)          36.56
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at 30 September 2002            25,448,572          $33.05
Exercisable at end of year                  14,832,704
Available for future grant at end of year    5,136,418
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------


The following table summarizes information about options outstanding at
30 September 2002:

                                                  Options Outstanding
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Weighted
                                                Average              Weighted
Range of                                      Remaining               Average
Exercise                     Number         Contractual              Exercise
Prices                  Outstanding        Life (Years)                 Price
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.56-24.79               2,142,472                3.69                $22.49
26.03-29.47               8,913,936                6.49                 28.37
30.01-41.69              14,261,164                8.44                 38.11
45.91-52.19                 131,000               10.00                 50.76

                                                  Options Exercisable
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Weighted
Range of                                                              Average
Exercise                                         Number              Exercise
Prices                                      Outstanding                 Price
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.56-24.79                                   2,142,472                $22.49
26.03-29.47                                   6,701,808                 28.23
30.01-41.69                                   5,968,424                 39.41
45.91-52.19                                      20,000                 45.91
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pro Forma Information

The company applies APB Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees," and related interpretations in accounting for its stock option
plans. Therefore, no compensation expense has been recognized for the stock
option plans. SFAS No. 123 requires the company to disclose pro forma net income
and pro forma earnings per share amounts as if compensation expense was
recognized for options granted after 1995. Using this approach, net income and
earnings per share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated in
the table:


                                     2002            2001           2000
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Income
As reported                        $525.4          $465.6         $124.2
Pro forma                           484.5           435.5           98.3

Basic Earnings per Share
As reported                         $2.42           $2.17           $.58
Pro forma                            2.23            2.03            .46

Diluted Earnings per Share
As reported                         $2.36           $2.12           $.57
Pro forma                            2.18            2.00            .45
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


For disclosure purposes, the fair value of each stock option granted is
estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with
the following weighted average assumptions:

                                     2002            2001         2000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dividend yield                        2.0%            2.1%         2.0%
Expected volatility                  30.1%           29.2%        28.4%
Risk-free interest rate               4.7%            5.9%         6.2%
Expected life (years)                 7.8             7.6          6.6
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model was developed for use in estimating the
fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully
transferable. In addition, option-pricing models require the input of subjective
assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility. Because the
company's options have characteristics different from those of traded options,
in the opinion of management, the existing models do not necessarily provide a
reliable single measure of the fair value of its options.


                                       36
<PAGE>
Other Awards

The company granted deferred stock units identified as performance shares to
executive officers and other key employees. These awards provide for the
issuance of common stock based on certain management objectives achieved by the
end of the performance period. The performance period is the one- or two-year
period following the grant date. The performance shares are payable either at
the end of the performance period or after retirement. The number of shares
outstanding and earned for these awards was 370,446 and 493,249 share units as
of 30 September 2002 and 2001, respectively. Compensation expense is recognized
over the vesting period.

Prior to the issuance of performance shares, the company granted deferred stock
units as career share awards in 1992 through 1997 to certain executive officers
and other key employees. Career shares are deferred stock units payable in
shares of stock after retirement. Career share awards equivalent to 666,958 and
707,149 shares of stock were outstanding at the end of 2002 and 2001,
respectively. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period.

Deferred stock units equivalent to 416,797 and 533,182 shares of stock were
outstanding at the end of 2002 and 2001, respectively. Compensation expense is
generally recognized over the four-year deferral period applicable to the
awards.

Compensation expense recognized relating to the programs granting deferred stock
units was $4.2 in 2002, $9.5 in 2001 and $9.4 in 2000.

15. Earnings Per Share

The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

30 September                                                        2002          2001        2000
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Numerator

<S>                                                               <C>           <C>         <C>
Net income used in basic and diluted earnings per share           $525.4        $465.6      $124.2

Denominator

Weighted average number of common shares used in
 basic earnings per share
 (in millions)                                                     217.2         214.8       213.4

Effect of dilutive securities (in millions):
  Employee stock options                                             4.8           3.6         2.0
  Other award plans                                                   .7            .9          .8
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     5.5           4.5         2.8
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average number of common shares and dilutive potential
common shares used in diluted earnings per share (in millions)     222.7         219.3       216.2

Basic Earnings per Common Share                                    $2.42         $2.17        $.58

Diluted Earnings per Common Share                                  $2.36         $2.12        $.57
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


Options on 131,000 shares and 6.4 million shares of common stock were excluded
from the computation of diluted earnings per share for 2002 and 2000,
respectively. The exercise price of these options was greater than the average
market price of the common shares for the respective years, and therefore the
effect would have been antidilutive.


                                       37
<PAGE>
16. Income Taxes

The following table shows the components of the provision for income taxes:

                        2002              2001                2000
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Federal
Current               $123.4             $98.2              $(31.3)
Deferred                20.0              27.9                 3.6
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                       143.4             126.1               (27.7)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
State
Current                  4.6               (.6)                3.0
Deferred                14.8              14.9               (14.7)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                        19.4              14.3               (11.7)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Foreign
Current                 47.6              53.9                20.1
Deferred                30.4              (3.8)                5.6
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                        78.0              50.1                25.7
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                      $240.8            $190.5              $(13.7)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------

The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as
follows:

30 September                                          2002              2001
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross Deferred Tax Assets
Pension and other compensation accruals           $  210.9          $  160.0
Tax loss and investment tax credit
 carryforwards                                        40.1              34.7
Reserves and accruals                                 18.6              14.3
Foreign currency translation adjustment               83.1              59.7
Postretirement benefits                               29.8              27.9
Inventory                                             18.5              16.0
Other                                                 72.1              68.8
Valuation allowance                                  (15.4)             (9.5)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred Tax Assets                               $  457.7          $  371.9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross Deferred Tax Liabilities
Plant and equipment                               $  859.1          $  787.1
Investment in partnerships                            99.6              96.4
Employee benefit plans                                26.5              51.3
Currency gains                                        18.7              10.8
Other                                                119.5             117.0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred Tax Liabilities                          $1,123.4          $1,062.6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Deferred Income Tax Liability                 $  665.7          $  690.7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net current deferred tax assets of $47.7 and net noncurrent deferred tax assets
of $12.2 are included in other current assets and other noncurrent assets at
30 September 2002, respectively. Net current deferred tax assets of $53.6 and
net noncurrent deferred tax assets of $34.1 are included in other current assets
and other noncurrent assets at 30 September 2001, respectively.

Foreign and state operating loss carryforwards as of 30 September 2002 were
$52.3 and $13.5, respectively. The foreign losses have an unlimited carryover
period. State operating loss carryforwards are available through 2020. Foreign
capital loss carryforwards were $12.1 on 30 September 2002 and have an
unlimited carryover period.

The valuation allowance as of 30 September 2002 primarily relates to the tax
loss carryforwards referenced above. If events warrant the reversal of the $15.4
valuation allowance, it would result in a reduction of tax expense.

Major differences between the United States federal statutory rate and the
effective tax rate are:

(percent of income before taxes)             2002         2001          2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. federal statutory rate                 35.0%         35.0%         35.0%
State taxes, net of federal tax
 benefit                                     1.6           1.8          (3.5)
Income from equity affiliates               (3.2)         (3.4)        (22.1)
Foreign tax credits and refunds
 on dividends received from
 foreign affiliates                           .2            .3          (8.3)
Export tax benefits                         (1.0)          (.9)         (4.7)
Investment tax credits                        --            --           (.5)
Restructuring of operations                   --          (1.5)         (6.7)
Other                                       (1.2)         (2.3)         (1.6)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effective Tax Rate after
Minority Interest                           31.4%         29.0%        (12.4%)
Minority Interest                            (.7)          (.2)           .8
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effective Tax Rate                          30.7%         28.8%        (11.6%)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


The following table summarizes the income of U.S. and foreign operations, before
taxes and minority interest:

                                            2002          2001          2000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income from consolidated
operations:
  United States                           $463.7        $416.0       $(145.2)
  Foreign                                  232.1         154.1         163.7
Income from equity affiliates               88.7          91.1          99.6
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          $784.5        $661.2       $ 118.1
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       38
<PAGE>
The company does not pay or record U.S. income taxes on the undistributed
earnings of its foreign subsidiaries as long as those earnings are permanently
reinvested in the companies that produced them. These cumulative undistributed
earnings are included in consolidated retained earnings on the balance sheet and
amounted to $1,003.0 at the end of 2002. An estimated $237.9 in U.S. income and
foreign withholding taxes would be due if these earnings were remitted as
dividends after payment of all deferred taxes.

17. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

The following table includes reconciliations of the domestic pension plans and
other postretirement plan benefits as of 30 September and the foreign pension
plans as of 30 June:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               Pension Benefits              Other Benefits
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             2002            2001           2002         2001
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change in Benefit Obligation
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>              <C>          <C>
Benefit obligation on 1 October                          $1,475.7        $1,274.1         $ 65.5       $ 66.4
Service cost                                                 50.1            42.9            4.4          4.1
Interest cost                                               104.8            96.3            4.7          4.9
Amendments                                                    1.2             3.7           (3.6)          --
Actuarial loss (gain)                                       180.3           117.5           13.6         (4.5)
Special termination benefits,
settlements and curtailments                                  1.8           (10.3)           (.3)          .9
Plan participant contributions                                3.5             5.0             --           --
Benefits paid                                               (71.0)          (55.6)          (7.5)        (6.3)
Currency translation/other                                   33.7             2.1             --           --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Benefit obligation on 30 September                       $1,780.1        $1,475.7         $ 76.8        $65.5
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change in Plan Assets
Fair value of plan assets on 1 October                   $1,090.8        $1,231.8            $--          $--
Actual return on plan assets (loss)                         (89.7)         (123.0)            --           --
Company contributions                                        44.2            29.3             --           --
Plan participant contributions                                3.5             5.0             --           --
Benefits paid                                               (62.1)          (52.4)            --           --
Currency translation/other                                   25.8              .1             --           --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair value of plan assets on 30 September                $1,012.5        $1,090.8            $--          $--
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Funded status of the plans                               $ (767.6)       $ (384.9)        $(76.8)      $(65.5)
Unrecognized actuarial loss (gain)                          599.6           219.0            (.4)       (14.8)
Unrecognized prior service cost                              19.0            17.0           (4.0)         (.8)
Unrecognized net transition asset                            (2.6)           (6.6)            --           --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net amount recognized                                    $ (151.6)       $ (155.5)        $(81.2)      $(81.1)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Recognized Amounts in the Balance Sheet Consist of:
Prepaid benefit cost                                     $    3.6        $  105.0         $   --       $   --
Accrued benefit liability                                  (429.9)         (292.6)         (81.2)       (81.1)
Intangible asset                                             15.4            12.4             --           --
Accumulated other comprehensive income - pretax             259.3            19.7             --           --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net amount recognized                                    $ (151.6)       $ (155.5)        $(81.2)      $(81.1)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Weighted Average Assumptions as of 30 September
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discount rate                                                 6.5%            7.1%           6.8%         7.5%
Expected return on plan assets                                9.4%            9.5%            --           --
Rate of compensation increase                                 4.7%            4.7%           5.0%         5.0%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>


                                       39
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              Pension Benefits                    Other Benefits
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       2002          2001         2000       2002       2001      2000
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

<S>                                                 <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>
Service cost                                        $  50.1       $  42.9       $ 44.5      $ 4.4      $ 4.1     $ 4.9
Interest cost                                         104.8          96.3         89.7        4.7        4.9       5.6
Expected return on plan assets                       (112.2)       (102.9)       (95.8)        --         --        --
Prior service cost amortization                         2.2           2.7          2.4        (.2)       (.1)      (.1)
Actuarial loss (gain) amortization                      3.4           2.2          3.2        (.7)      (1.2)       --
Transition amount amortization                         (4.0)         (3.5)        (3.5)        --         --        --
Settlement and curtailment charges                      1.6           9.5           --       (2.1)        --        --
Special termination benefit                             9.8          12.5         10.7        1.5         .9        --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net periodic benefit cost                           $  55.7       $  59.7       $ 51.2      $ 7.6      $ 8.6     $10.4
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

During 2002, 2001 and 2000, the company incurred charges for special termination
benefits as part of enhanced benefit programs offered under the global cost
reduction plans discussed in Note 3.

The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value
of plan assets for the pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in
excess of plans' assets were $1,723.1, $1,390.5 and $964.2, respectively, as of
30 September 2002, and $1,120.9, $908.0 and $714.2, respectively, as of 30
September 2001.

A $158 after-tax charge was recorded to comprehensive income within
shareholders' equity due to the recognition of an additional minimum liability
and the reversal of prepaid pension plan assets in 2002. The additional minimum
liability is equal to the accumulated benefit obligation less the fair value of
pension plan assets in excess of the accrued pension cost. The increase in the
additional minimum liability resulted principally from the decline in the
discount rate and the loss in value of plan assets.

The company has two nonpension postretirement benefit plans. Health care
benefits are contributory, with contributions adjusted periodically; the life
insurance plan is noncontributory. The effect of a change in the health care
trend rate is slightly tempered by a cap on average retiree medical cost. A one
percentage point change in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have
the following effects:

                                     1 Percentage Point     1 Percentage Point
                                               Increase              Decrease
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effect on total of service
and interest cost                                   $.5                  $(.6)

Effect on the postretirement
benefit obligation                                  3.7                  (4.1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


For measurement purposes, a 9.5% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost
of covered health care benefits was assumed for 2003. The rate was assumed to
decrease gradually to 5.0% for 2007 and thereafter.

In addition to the above plans, U.S. employees are eligible to contribute to a
401(k) plan. The company matches a portion of these contributions. Contributions
charged to income for this plan for 2002, 2001 and 2000 were $14.2, $14.3 and
$14.1, respectively.

18. Other Commitments and Contingencies

The company in the normal course of business has commitments, lawsuits,
contingent liabilities and claims. However, the company does not expect that any
sum it may have to pay in connection with these matters, or the matters
described below, will have a materially adverse effect on its consolidated
financial position or results of operations.


                                       40
<PAGE>
Cogeneration projects in which the company, through equity affiliates,
beneficially owns 48.8% (Map Ta Phut, Thailand) and 50% (Rotterdam, the
Netherlands) burn natural gas to produce electricity and steam. Specific equity
support agreements related to the financings of the two projects obligate the
company to contribute equity up to a cumulative total for the two projects of
$15 under certain circumstances. The partners in these projects have agreed to
share equally in any required equity contribution.

The company, through equity affiliates, beneficially owns 50% of an air
separation facility being constructed in Trinidad and 50% of a company that will
operate the facility to supply product to a customer under a long-term contract.
An equity support agreement will be provided in connection with the financing of
this facility, pursuant to which the company and its partner will agree, on a
joint and several basis, to make their basic equity contributions and to provide
contingent equity contributions of up to about $36 each if certain shortfalls in
the revenues of the equity affiliate arise due to a default and resulting
termination of the product supply contract. In addition, the company and its
partner will provide joint and several guarantees to the customer and to the
equity affiliate of certain obligations arising out of the operation of the
facility, with a potential exposure of about $16 each. The risks assumed under
the equity support agreement and the guarantees are risks that the company
typically assumes in the day-to-day operation of its air separation facilities.

In addition, the company has guaranteed repayment of some borrowings of certain
foreign equity affiliates. At 30 September 2002, these guarantees totaled
approximately $37.

In September 2001, the company entered into an operating lease of U.S. cryogenic
vessel equipment which included a residual value guarantee not to exceed $256.

The company has accrued for certain environmental investigatory and noncapital
remediation costs consistent with the policy set forth in Note 1. The potential
exposure for such costs is estimated to range from $9 to a reasonably possible
upper exposure of $20. The balance sheet at 30 September 2002 includes an
accrual of $15.3.

The company has entered into put option agreements with certain affiliated
companies. In 1999, the company made an investment in INOX, an Indian industrial
gases company. As part of this transaction, put options were issued which give
other shareholders the right to require the company to purchase shares of INOX
(approximately 5.1 million) at a predefined exercise price. The option period
begins January 2004 and extends through January 2006. The option price during
the first year is 570 Rupees per share and during the second year 630 Rupees per
share. The U.S. dollar price of purchasing all 5.1 million shares in 2004 based
on current exchange rates would be approximately $60. In 2002, the company
entered into a put option agreement as part of the San Fu acquisition as
discussed in Note 4.

At the end of 2002, the company had purchase commitments to spend approximately
$133 for additional plant and equipment.

19. Supplemental Information

Payables, Trade and Other

30 September                                   2002             2001
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accounts payable, trade                      $403.3           $408.1
Outstanding checks payable in excess
 of certain cash balances                      24.7             37.2
Customer advances                              57.6             66.9
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             $485.6           $512.2
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

Accrued Liabilities

30 September                                   2002             2001
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accrued payroll and employee benefits        $151.0           $111.7
Accrued interest expense                       40.1             42.2
Other accrued liabilities                     162.6            187.7
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             $353.7           $341.6
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

Short-Term Borrowings

30 September                                   2002             2001
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bank obligations                             $116.9           $ 53.7
Commercial paper                                 --            202.0
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             $116.9           $255.7
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

The weighted average interest rate of short-term commercial paper outstanding as
of 30 September 2001 was 3.7%.


                                       41
<PAGE>
Accumulated Other Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

30 September                                          2002             2001
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gain on derivatives                                $   2.9          $   1.8
Unrealized gain on investment                         14.6             22.0
Minimum pension liability adjustment                (170.4)           (12.2)
Cumulative translation adjustments                  (414.0)          (464.1)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   $(566.9)         $(452.5)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Other (Income) Expense, Net

                                      2002          2001         2000
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Technology and royalty income       $(13.4)       $(16.9)      $(16.2)
Interest income                       (4.9)         (6.2)        (4.1)
Foreign exchange                      (2.0)           --         (6.9)
Gain on sale of assets
 and investments                      (9.6)          (.1)       (13.4)
Amortization of intangibles            3.8          19.4         17.9
Global cost reduction plans
(see Note 3)                            --          26.0          7.5
Rental income                         (4.9)         (5.0)         (.4)
Insurance settlements                 (2.7)         (9.6)        (2.8)
Miscellaneous                         (3.4)        (13.1)       (10.0)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    $(37.1)       $ (5.5)      $(28.4)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Summary by Quarter

This table summarizes the unaudited results of operations for each quarter of
2002 and 2001:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            First         Second               Third          Fourth
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>                 <C>             <C>
2002
Sales                                    $1,316.5       $1,312.7            $1,374.0        $1,398.0
Operating income                            184.2          154.8(a)            215.1           220.8
Net income                                  113.7          126.1(a)(b)         141.3           144.3
Basic earnings per common share               .53            .58                 .65             .66
Diluted earnings per common share             .52            .57(a)(b)           .63             .65
Dividends per common share                    .20            .20                 .21             .21
Market price per common share:  high        48.09          53.52               52.58           51.66
                                low         36.15          43.30               45.59           40.00
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

(a)  Includes a charge of $30.8 ($18.9 after-tax, or $.09 per share) for the
     2002 global cost reduction plan.

(b)  Includes a gain of $55.7 ($25.7 after-tax, or $.12 per share) related to
     the sale of the U.S. packaged gas business.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            First           Second              Third            Fourth
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2001
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                <C>              <C>
Sales                                    $1,475.8         $1,534.5           $1,450.9         $1,396.6
Operating income                            227.5            164.2(a)(b)        215.4            138.3(c)
Net income                                  135.6             94.6(a)(b)        132.3            103.1(c)(d)(e)
Basic earnings per common share               .63              .44                .62              .48
Diluted earnings per common share             .62              .43(a)(b)          .60              .47(c)(d)(e)
Dividends per common share                    .19              .19                .20              .20
Market price per common share:  high        42.25            43.45              48.70            49.00
                                low         30.50            35.00              37.98            32.25
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(a)  Includes a charge of $30.9 ($20.0 after-tax, or $.09 per share) for the
     2001 global cost reduction plan.

(b)  Includes a charge of $6.0 ($3.7 after-tax, or $.02 per share) for a
     litigation settlement.

(c)  Includes a charge of $78.3 ($47.3 after-tax, or $.21 per share) for
     the 2001 global cost reduction plan.

(d)  Includes a gain of $101.6 ($64.6 after-tax, or $.29 per share) related
     to the sale of the fifty percent interest in two cogeneration
     facilities.

(e)  Includes a loss of $75.8 ($47.3 after-tax, or $.21 per share) for the
     early retirement of debt.


                                       42
<PAGE>


20. Business Segment and Geographic Information

The company's segments are organized based on differences in products. The
company has three operating segments consisting of Gases, Chemicals and
Equipment.

The company's Gases segment includes its industrial gases, healthcare, power
generation and flue gas treatment businesses.

The company is a leading international supplier of industrial and specialty gas
products. Principal products of the industrial gases business are oxygen,
nitrogen, argon, hydrogen, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, synthesis gas and
helium. The largest market segments are chemical processing, refining, metal
production, electronics, food processing and medical gases. The company has its
strongest industrial gas market positions in the United States and Europe.

The global healthcare business of the company is directed at two main markets:
institutional and homecare. The institutional market uses medical gases in
hospitals, clinics and nursing homes, as well as helium for use in magnetic
resonance imaging. The homecare business was principally in Europe before the
acquisition in October 2002 of American Homecare Supply, LLC, which serves the
Eastern United States. Homecare involves the delivery of respiratory therapy
services, infusion services and home medical equipment to patients in their
homes.

The company constructed, operates and has approximately a 50% interest in power
generation facilities in California, Rotterdam and Thailand.

The company's Chemicals segment consists of businesses organized around two
divisions: Performance Materials and Chemical Intermediates.

Principal products of Performance Materials are emulsions, specialty additives,
polyurethane additives and epoxy additives. Principal Chemical Intermediates are
amines and polyurethane intermediates. The company also produces certain
industrial chemicals. The end markets for the company's chemical products are
extensive, including adhesive, textile, paper, building products, agriculture
and furniture. Principal geographic markets for the company's chemical products
are North America, Europe, Asia, Brazil and Mexico.

The Equipment segment designs and manufactures cryogenic and gas processing
equipment for air separation, gas processing, natural gas liquefaction and
hydrogen purification. The segment also designs and builds cryogenic
transportation containers for liquid helium and systems for recovering gases
using membrane technology. Equipment is sold worldwide to companies involved in
chemical and petrochemical manufacturing, oil and gas recovery and processing,
power generation and steel and primary metal production. Equipment is also
manufactured for the company's industrial gas business. Another important
market, particularly for air separation equipment, is the company's
international industrial gas joint ventures.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in
Note 1. The company evaluates the performance of segments based upon reported
segment operating income. Operating income of the business segments includes
general corporate expenses. Corporate expenses not allocated to the segments,
included in all other, are primarily long-term research and development.
Intersegment sales are not material and are recorded at selling prices that
approximate market prices. Equipment manufactured for the company's industrial
gas business is generally transferred at cost and not reflected as an
intersegment sale.  Corporate assets not allocated to the segments are included
in all other. These assets include cash and cash items, unallocated
administrative facilities and certain deferred items. Long-lived assets include
investment in net assets of and advances to equity affiliates, net plant and
equipment and goodwill.


                                       43
<PAGE>
Business segment information is shown below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                           Segment           All    Consolidated
                                                   Gases      Chemicals     Equipment       Totals         Other          Totals
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2002
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>            <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>
Revenues from external customers                $3,673.9       $1,451.7       $275.6      $5,401.2       $   --         $5,401.2
Operating income                                   614.0          172.5         20.7         807.2        (32.3)           774.9
Operating income--excluding special items          640.2          177.1         20.7         838.0        (32.3)           805.7
Depreciation and amortization                      468.2          107.8          5.4         581.4          3.4            584.8
Equity affiliates' income                           61.9           11.7          2.6          76.2           --             76.2
Gain on sale of U.S. packaged gas business          55.7             --           --          55.7           --             55.7
Segment assets
 Identifiable assets                             6,045.0        1,400.2        184.4       7,629.6        381.2          8,010.8
 Investment in and advances to equity
  affiliates                                       427.9           53.9          2.4         484.2           --            484.2
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total segment assets                             6,472.9        1,454.1        186.8       8,113.8        381.2          8,495.0
Expenditures for long-lived assets                 625.5           49.4          6.4         681.3        108.0            789.3
Operating return on net assets(a)                   11.0%          12.7%        10.5%         11.3%          --             10.6%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2001
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revenues from external customers                $4,084.6       $1,522.8       $250.4      $5,857.8       $   --         $5,857.8
Operating income                                   654.9          112.3         10.0         777.2        (31.8)           745.4
Operating income--excluding special items          724.0          140.9         12.0         876.9        (16.3)           860.6
Depreciation and amortization                      463.2          120.3          5.5         589.0          3.4            592.4
Equity affiliates' income                           71.7            7.5          2.0          81.2           --             81.2
Gain on divestiture of interest in
  cogeneration facilities                          101.6             --           --         101.6           --            101.6
Loss on early retirement of debt                      --             --           --            --         75.8             75.8
Segment assets:
  Identifiable assets                            5,886.6        1,386.0        185.4       7,458.0        126.6          7,584.6
  Investment in and advances to equity
   affiliates                                      446.0           50.2          3.3         499.5           --            499.5
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total segment assets                             6,332.6        1,436.2        188.7       7,957.5        126.6          8,084.1
Expenditures for long-lived assets                 698.1           52.0          1.6         751.7         57.7            809.4
Operating return on net assets(a)                   12.3%           9.8%         5.5%         11.6%          --             11.1%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2000
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revenues from external customers                $3,607.9       $1,772.8       $228.8      $5,609.5       $   --         $5,609.5
Operating income                                   673.1          182.1          9.9         865.1        (34.3)           830.8
Operating income--excluding special items          698.8          197.7         16.8         913.3        (33.4)           879.9
Depreciation and amortization                      455.9          127.8          6.5         590.2          3.4            593.6
Equity affiliates' income                           73.6           12.5          2.0          88.1          (.5)            87.6
Gain on sale of polyvinyl alcohol business            --          126.8           --         126.8           --            126.8
Loss on currency hedges related
 to BOC transaction and expenses                      --             --           --            --       (730.4)          (730.4)
Segment assets:
 Identifiable assets                             5,823.7        1,453.8        234.1       7,511.6        292.3          7,803.9
 Investment in and advances to equity              412.3           51.4          2.5         466.2           .4            466.6
  affiliates
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total segment assets                             6,236.0        1,505.2        236.6       7,977.8        292.7          8,270.5
Expenditures for long-lived assets                 711.3           93.6           .5         805.4         44.3            849.7
Operating return on net assets (a)                  12.1%          12.3%         7.1%         12.1%          --             11.1%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(a)  ORONA is calculated as operating income divided by the rolling five-quarter
     average of total assets less investments in equity affiliates. The ORONA
     calculation for 2002 excluded a charge of $30.8 for a global cost reduction
     plan. The ORONA calculation for 2001 excluded a charge of $109.2 for a
     global cost reduction plan and a charge of $6.0 for a litigation
     settlement. The ORONA calculation for 2000 excluded a charge of $55.4 for a
     global cost reduction plan and a gain of $6.3 from the sale of packaged gas
     facilities.


                                       44
<PAGE>
Geographic information is presented below:


                                           2002         2001          2000
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revenues from External Customers
United States                          $3,301.9     $3,871.4      $3,674.7
Canada                                    108.4        116.6         124.4
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total North America                     3,410.3      3,988.0       3,799.1
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
United Kingdom                            459.1        478.5         525.5
Spain                                     332.2        313.7         320.2
Other Europe                              706.6        608.3         583.9
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Europe                            1,497.9      1,400.5       1,429.6
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Asia                                      377.1        335.3         257.1
Latin America                             115.6        133.7         123.4
All other                                    .3           .3            .3
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                  $5,401.2     $5,857.8      $5,609.5
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-Lived Assets
United States                          $3,160.6     $3,356.9      $3,502.2
Canada                                     78.1         87.8          98.9
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total North America                     3,238.7      3,444.7       3,601.1
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
United Kingdom                            475.5        452.6         461.2
Spain                                     405.8        371.1         339.2
Other Europe                              976.8        819.7         711.2
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Europe                            1,858.1      1,643.4       1,511.6
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Asia                                      960.3        667.9         719.1
Latin America                             202.2        210.9         226.5
All other                                  33.8         35.8          20.0
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                  $6,293.1     $6,002.7      $6,078.3
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Note: Geographic information is based on country of origin. Included in United
States revenues are export sales to unconsolidated customers of $532.7 in 2002,
$602.3 in 2001 and $557.7 in 2000. The other Europe segment operates principally
in Belgium, France, Germany and the Netherlands.


                                       45
<PAGE>
Five-Year Summary of Selected Financial Data
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(millions of dollars, except per share)                                     2002       2001      2000      1999       1998
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>
Operating Results
Sales                                                                    $ 5,401    $ 5,858   $ 5,610   $ 5,161     $5,052
Cost of sales                                                              3,828      4,243     3,968     3,642      3,450
Selling and administrative                                                   715        752       715       691        660
Research and development                                                     121        123       124       123        112
Operating income                                                             775        745       831       725        846
Equity affiliates' income                                                     76         81        88        62         38
Interest expense                                                             122        191       197       159        163
Income tax provision (benefit)                                               241        191       (14)      203        277
Net income                                                                   525        466       124       451        547
Basic earnings per common share                                             2.42       2.17       .58      2.12       2.54
Diluted earnings per common share(a)                                        2.36       2.12       .57      2.09       2.48
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year-End Financial Position
Plant and equipment, at cost                                             $10,880    $10,227   $10,311   $10,188     $9,490
Total assets                                                               8,495      8,084     8,271     8,236      7,490
Working capital                                                              653        332       430       (75)       376
Total debt(b)                                                              2,385      2,478     3,045     2,842      2,698
Shareholders' equity                                                       3,460      3,106     2,821     2,962      2,667
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial Ratios
Return on sales                                                              9.7%       7.9%      2.2%      8.7%      10.8%
ORONA(d)                                                                    10.6%      11.1%     11.1%     10.4%      12.3%
Return on average shareholders' equity                                      15.9%      15.8%      4.3%     16.1%      20.8%
Total debt to sum of total debt and shareholders' equity(b)                 40.8%      44.4%     51.9%     49.0%      50.3%
Cash provided by operations to average total debt                           46.0%      37.8%     37.5%     39.5%      38.6%
Interest coverage ratio                                                      6.9        4.3       1.5       4.6        5.5
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Data
For the year: Depreciation                                                  $581       $573      $576      $527       $489
              Capital expenditures(c)                                        806        806       973     1,108      1,001
              Cash dividends per common share                                .82        .78       .74       .70        .64
              Market price range per common share                          54-36      49-30     39-23     49-27      45-29
              Weighted average common shares outstanding (in millions)       217        215       213       212        216
              Weighted average common shares and common stock
              equivalent shares outstanding (in millions)                    223        219       216       216        220
At year end:  Book value per common share                                  15.83      14.41     13.17     13.90      12.61
              Shareholders                                                11,100     11,200    11,400    11,900     11,500
              Employees                                                   17,200     17,800    17,500    17,400     16,700
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(a)  Diluted earnings per common share includes the impact of special
     items. The impacts of special items were: 2002 (gain--$.03); 2001
     (charge--$.25); 2000 (charge--$1.89); and 1998 (gain--$.26).

(b)  Total debt includes long-term debt, current portion of long-term debt,
     and short-term borrowings as of the end of the year.

(c)  Capital expenditures include additions to plant and equipment, investment
     in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates, acquisitions (including
     long-term debt assumed in acquisitions) and capital lease additions.

(d)  ORONA is calculated as operating income divided by the rolling
     five-quarter average of total assets less investments in equity
     affiliates. The ORONA calculation for 2002 excluded a charge of $30.8
     for a global cost reduction plan. The ORONA calculation for 2001
     excluded a charge of $109.2 for a global cost reduction plan and a
     charge of $6.0 for a litigation settlement. The ORONA calculation for
     2000 excluded a charge of $55.4 for a global cost reduction plan and a
     gain of $6.3 from the sale of packaged gas facilities.


                                       46

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-21
<SEQUENCE>10
<FILENAME>exhibit21.txt
<DESCRIPTION>SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
<TEXT>
                                                                   Exhibit 21

               Subsidiaries of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.

The following is a list of the Company's subsidiaries, all of which are wholly
owned as of 30 September 2002, except for certain subsidiaries of the Registrant
which do not in the aggregate constitute a significant subsidiary as that term
is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

                                  UNITED STATES
All companies are incorporated in the State of Delaware with the exception of
Air Products World Trade, Inc. which is incorporated in the U.S. Virgin Islands.

Registrant -- Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.
Air Products Asia, Inc.
Air Products (Didcot), Inc.
Air Products Helium, Inc.
Air Products Hydrogen Company, Inc.
Air Products, L.P.
Air Products International Corporation
Air Products Manufacturing Corporation
Air Products of Oklahoma, Inc.
Air Products Polymers Holdings, L.P.
Air Products Polymers, L.P.
Air Products Powders, Inc.
Air Products (Rozenburg), Inc.
Air Products World Trade, Inc.
APCI (U.K.), Inc.
Middletown Oxygen Company, Inc.
Prodair Corporation

                                     BELGIUM
Air Products S.A.
Air Products Management S.A.

                                     BRAZIL
Air Products Brasil Ltda. (The organization of this affiliate more closely
resembles a partnership with limited liability than a corporation.)

                                     CANADA
Air Products Canada Limited

                                      CHINA
Air Products and Chemicals (China) Investment Co., Limited
Air Products (Nanjing) Co., Limited
Chun Wang Industrial Gases, Limited
Eastern Air Products (Shanghai) Co., Limited
Northern Air Products (Tianjin) Limited
Southern Air Products (Guangzhou) Limited
Southern Air Products (Zhuahi) Limited

                                 CZECH REPUBLIC
Air Products spol s.r.o.

                                     FRANCE
Air Products SAS
Air Products (Medical) S.a.r.l.
Air Products S.A.
Prodair et Cie S.C.S.
Prodair S.A.

                                     GERMANY
Air Products GmbH
Air Products Polymers GmbH & Co KG
Air Products Powders GmbH

                                    INDONESIA
PT Air Products Indonesia


                                       1
<PAGE>


                                     IRELAND

Air Products Ireland Limited

                                     ISRAEL
Prodair Israel Limited

                                      JAPAN
Air Products Japan, Inc.

                                      KOREA

Air Products Korea, Inc.
Korean Industrial Gases, Limited

                                    MALAYSIA

Sitt Tatt Industrial Gases Sdn. Bhd.

                                 THE NETHERLANDS

Air Products Holdings B.V. (formerly Air Products Nederland B.V.)
Air Products Leasing B.V.
Air Products (Pernis) B.V.

                                     NORWAY

Air Products A/S

                                      SPAIN
Air Products Iberica, S.L.
Gases Industriais, S.A.
S.E. de Carburos Metalicos S.A.
                                    SINGAPORE
Air Products Singapore Pte. Limited

                                     TAIWAN
San Fu Gas Co., Limited

                                 UNITED KINGDOM
Air Products PLC
Air Products (GB) Limited
Air Products Group Limited
Air Products (BR) Limited
Air Products (Chemicals) PLC
Air Products (Chemicals) Teeside Limited

                                       2

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-23
<SEQUENCE>11
<FILENAME>exhibit23-1.txt
<DESCRIPTION>.1 CONSENT OF ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
<TEXT>
                                                               Exhibit 23.1


NOTICE REGARDING CONSENT OF ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Section 11(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act),
provides that if any part of a registration statement at the time such part
becomes effective contains an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission
to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, any person acquiring a security pursuant to
such registration statement (unless it is proved that at the time of such
acquisition such person knew of such untruth or omission) may sue, among others,
every accountant who has consented to be named as having prepared or certified
any part of the registration statement, or as having prepared or certified any
report or valuation which is used in connection with the registration statement,
with respect to the statement in such registration statement, report or
valuation which purports to have been prepared or certified by the accountant.

This Form 10-K is incorporated by reference into Air Products and Chemicals,
Inc. filings on Form S-8 Nos. 33-2068, 33-65117, 333-21145, 333-45239,
333-18955, 333-21147, 333-60147, 333-71405, 333-73105, 333-95317, 333-31578,
333-90773, 333-54224, and 333-56292 and on Form S-3 Nos. 333-33851 and 333-02461
(collectively, the Registration Statements) and, for purposes of determining any
liability under the Securities Act, is deemed to be a new registration statement
for each Registration Statement into which it is incorporated by reference.

On 10 May 2002 the Board of Directors decided to no longer engage Arthur
Andersen LLP as its independent public accountants and appointed KPMG LLP to
replace Arthur Andersen. Since Air Products' former engagement partner and audit
manager have left Andersen and in light of the cessation of Andersen's SEC
practice, Air Products has been unable to obtain Andersen's written consent to
the incorporation by reference into the Registration Statements of its audit
report with respect to Air Products' financial statements as of 30 September
2001 and 2000 and for the years then ended. Under these circumstances, Rule 437a
under the Securities Act permits Air Products to file this Form 10-K without a
written consent from Arthur Andersen. (As a result, however, Arthur Andersen may
not have any liability under Section 11(a) of the Securities Act for any untrue
statements of a material fact contained in the financial statements audited by
Andersen or any omissions of a material fact required to be stated therein.
Accordingly, you may not be able to assert a claim against Andersen under
Section 11(a) of the Securities Act for any purchases of securities under the
Registration Statements made on or after the date of this Form 10-K.) To the
extent provided in Section 11(b)(3)(C) of the Securities Act, however, other
persons who are liable under Section 11(a) of the Securities Act, including the
Company's officers and directors, should still be able to rely on Andersen's
original audit reports as being made by an expert for purposes of establishing a
due diligence defense under Section 11(b) of the Securities Act.



</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-24
<SEQUENCE>12
<FILENAME>exhibit24.txt
<DESCRIPTION>POWER OF ATTORNEY
<TEXT>
                                                                Exhibit 24

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints JOHN P. JONES III or JOHN R. OWINGS or W. DOUGLAS
BROWN, acting severally, his/her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent,
with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him/her and in his/her
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Form 10-K Annual
Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 2002 and all amendments thereto
and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto
said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each
and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he/she might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and
agent, or substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by
virtue hereof.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934,
this Power of Attorney has been signed below by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.



             Signature                       Title                 Date


         /s/ Mario L. Baeza                Director          21 November 2002
- ----------------------------------
           Mario L. Baeza


       /s/ L. Paul Bremer III              Director          21 November 2002
- ----------------------------------
         L. Paul Bremer III


       /s/ Michael J. Donahue              Director          21 November 2002
- ----------------------------------
         Michael J. Donahue


       /s/ Ursula F. Fairbairn             Director          21 November 2002
- ----------------------------------
        Ursula F. Fairbairn


      /s/ Edward E. Hagenlocker            Director          21 November 2002
- ----------------------------------
       Edward E. Hagenlocker


        /s/ James F. Hardymon              Director          21 November 2002
- ----------------------------------
         James F. Hardymon


        /s/ John P. Jones III              Director          21 November 2002
- ----------------------------------
         John P. Jones III


                                       1
<PAGE>

       /s/ Terry R. Lautenbach             Director          21 November 2002
- ----------------------------------
        Terry R. Lautenbach


         /s/ Terrence Murray               Director          21 November 2002
- ----------------------------------
          Terrence Murray


        /s/ Charles H. Noski               Director          21 November 2002
- ----------------------------------
          Charles H. Noski


         /s/ Paula G. Rosput               Director          21 November 2002
- ----------------------------------
          Paula G. Rosput


       /s/ Lawrason D. Thomas              Director          21 November 2002
- ----------------------------------
         Lawrason D. Thomas




                                       2

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-99
<SEQUENCE>13
<FILENAME>exhibit99-1.txt
<DESCRIPTION>.1 CERTIF. PER SEC. 906 OF SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
<TEXT>
                                                                 Exhibit 99.1

                CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
                    AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE
                           SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002




     In connection with the Annual Report of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.
(the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending 30 September 2002, as filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"),
I, John P. Jones III, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant
to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

       1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or
          15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

       2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all
          material respects, the financial condition and results of operations
          of the Company.



Dated:  13 December 2002                     /s/John P. Jones III
                                      ------------------------------------
                                            John P. Jones III
                                            Chief Executive Officer



</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-99
<SEQUENCE>14
<FILENAME>exhibit99-2.txt
<DESCRIPTION>.2  CERTIF PER SEC 906 OF SARBANES-OXLEY ACT.
<TEXT>

                                                                 Exhibit 99.2

                CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
                    AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE
                           SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002


     In connection with the Annual Report of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.
(the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending 30 September 2002, as filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"),
I, John R. Owings, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, that:

       1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or
          15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

       2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all
          material respects, the financial condition and results of operations
          of the Company.



Dated:  13 December 2002                     /s/John R. Owings
                                      ------------------------------------
                                             John R. Owings
                                             Chief Financial Officer


</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
</SEC-DOCUMENT>
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----